Geo PRIZM 1996, 1996 Prizm Owner's manual

Geo PRIZM 1996, 1996 Prizm Owner's manual
7996
'A
Gem The 1996 Geo Prizm Owner’s Manual
.............................................................
..
..............................................................
.................................................
SeatsandRestraintSystems
1-1
This section tellsyou how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the air bag system.
2-1
FeaturesandControls
This section explains how to start and operate your Geo.
- - 3-1
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your
audio system.
YourDrivingandtheRoad
4-1
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
ProblemsontheRoad
5-1
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated
engine, etc.
ServiceandAppearanceCare
6-1
Here the manual tellsyou how to keep your Geo running properly and looking good.
Maintenanceschedule
7-1
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
CustomerAssistanceInformation
8-1
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet/Geo for assistance and how to get service and owner
publications. It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on 8-8.
page
Index
9-1
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
..............................................................
..................................................................
.............................................................
..................................................................
........................................................
................................................................................
i
We support voluntary
technician certification.
CM
w
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, GEO,
the GEO Emblem and the name PRIZM are registered
trademarks of General Motors Corporation.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
This manual includes the latest information at the time it
was printed.We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name
For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer
“General Motorsof Canada Limited”for Chevrolet/Geo
whenever it appears in this manual.
French Language Manual:
Please keep this manual
in your Geo, so it will be there
Aux propribtaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vous
if you ever needit when you’reon the road.If you sell
procurer
un exemplairede ce guide enfranGais chez
the vehicle, please leave this manualitin
so the new
votre concessionaireou au:
owner can use it.
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, OntarioL5T 1C7
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 10277492 B First Edition
ii
a
‘Copyright General Motors Corporation 1995
All Rights Reserved
How to Use This Manual
.
’
-;..
Many people read .their owner’s manual from beginning
to end
when
they
first
receive
their
new
vehicle.
If you
do
‘this,it will help you learn about the features and controls
for yourvehicle. h’,thismanual,you’ll fmd thatpictures
and wordswork together to ,expi& things quickly.
‘Index
.*
,
.
a CAUTION:
-
I
I
I
These,meanthere is something that could hurt
you orotherpeople.
In the caution area,we tell you what the hazard is. Then
A good place to lookfor what you needis the Index in
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
If you don’t, you or
hazard.
Please read these Fautiqns.
the backof the manual..It’san alphabetical listof all
that’s in the manual,and the pagenumber.whereotherscouldbehurt.
you’ll find it.
You will also finda circle
with a slash throughit in
Safety Warnings and Symbols
this book. ‘Thissafety
You will find a number of safety cautionsin this book.
symbol means “Don’t,”
We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you
“Don’t dothis,” or “Don’t
about thingsthat.could hurt youif you were to ignore
let this happen.”
the
warning.
-. .-
.
-
.
.
~
iii
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.
In the notice area,we tell you about something that can
damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
not be coveredby your warranty, and it could be costly.
But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid
the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see CAUTION
and NOTICE warningsin different colors orin
different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.
iv
Vehicle Symbols
These are someof the symbolsyou may find on your vehicle.
I
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
These symbols
have to do with
your lights:
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
COOLANT
TEMP
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
CAUSTIC
BATTERY
ACID COULD
CAUSE
BURNS
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
TURN
SIGNALS
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
A
BAllERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
I-1
LIGHTER
(0)
)c=r
R
[email protected]
B
SPEAKER
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
POWER
WINDOW
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
1,11,
FOG LAMPS
$0
VENTILATING
FAN
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
-
FUSE -%-
HORN
BRAKE
EE
i
FLASHER
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
@9
-
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
FUEL
(@)
V
NOTES
vi
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you'll find information about theseats in your Geo
and how to use your safety belts properly.You can also
learn about some things you shouldnot do with air bags
and safety belts.
Manual Front Seats
~
Seats and Seat Controls
This part tells seats about the seats
-- how to adjust
them, and also about recliningfront seatbacks, head
restraints and rear folding seatbacks.
~
A CAUTION:
You can lose controlof the vehicleif you try to
adjust a manual driver's seat while the vehicle
is
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you
don't want to. Adjust the driver's seat only when
the vehicleis not moving.
1 1
Reclining Front Seatbacks
To adjust the seatback,lift the lever on the outer side
of
the
seat.
Release
the
lever
to
lock
the
seatback
where
Lift the lever under thefront seat to unlock it. Slide the
you want it.Push on the seat to make sure it’s locked in
try to
seat to whereyou want it. Release the lever and
to
move the seat with your body, to make sure the seat is position. Pullup on the lever, and the seat will go its
original upright position.
locked into place.
Don’t put anything, under the front seats. Items under the
seats could keep the seats from locking into place properly.
1-2
But don't have a seatback reclinedif your vehicle is moving.
Sitting ina reclined positionwhen your vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safetybelts can't do their job
when
you're reclined like this.
The shoulderbelt can't do its job because it
won't be against yourbody. Instead, itwill be in
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neck or otherinjuries.
The lapbelt can't do itsjob either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen.The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause seriousinternal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatbackupright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear yoursafety belt properly.
1-3
Head Rest] int.-
Slide the head straint up or down so that the top of the
restraint is closest to the top
of your ears.This position
reduces the chanceof a neck injuryin a crash.
Pull up to raise the restraint.
To lower it, push the
release button and push down.
Make sure the head restraint
is locked in place after you
adjust it.
Rear Folding Seatback (Option)
You can fold either side
of the seatback downin your
Geo for more cargo space. On vehicles with
a built-in
child restraint system,only the driver’sside rear
the
passenger seatbackcan be folded down. Make sure
front seat isn’t reclined.If it is, the rear seatback won’t
fold down all the way.
1-4
To fold either seatback down:
1. Push the button on the
toD of the seatback while
yiu pull down on the
seatback. (Repeat the
procedure for the other
side if you do not have a
built-in child’restraint.)
afety Belts: They're for Everyone
xnls part of the manual tells you how
to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not d
with safety belts.
And it explains theair bag system.
1 A CAUTION:
2. Fold the seatback down.
To raise the seatback:
1. Pull the seatback up and pushit back to lockit into
place. Make sure the safety belts are not twisted or
caught in the seatback.
2. Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure
it is
locked in position.
Don't let anyone ride wherehe or she can't wear
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you're not wearinga safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected fromit. You can beseriously
injured orkilled. In the same crash,you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that yourpassengers' belts
are fastened properly too.
1-5
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anythmg, you go as fast as itgoes.
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says
to
wear safety belts. Here’s why:They work.
You never knowif you’ll be in a crash.If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes cansobe
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes arein between. In manyof them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it’s ajust
seat on wheels.
or killed.
After more than 25 yearsof safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
1-6
Put someone on it.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn't stop.
1-7
The person keeps going
until stoppedby something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield...
I
or the instrument panel...
Here Are Questions Many People Ask
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident ifI’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But youcan unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance
of
being consciousduring and after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if
you are belted.
my vehicle has air bags, why should
I have to
Q=Ifwear
safety belts?
A:
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down
as the vehicle does.
You get’moretime to stop.You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be
in most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only;so they work with
safety belts-- not insteadof them. Every air bag
system ever offeredfor sale has requiredthe use of
safety belts. Even if you’re
in a vehicle that hasair
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only frontal collisions,
but especiallyin side and other collisions.
1-9
.’
e.’
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
A:
Adults
If I’m a good driver, and I never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault-- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn’t protect youfrom things beyond your
control, suchas bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within25 miles (40 km)of
home. And the greatest number
of serious injuries
and deaths occur at speeds
of less than40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safety belts arefor everyone.
This partis only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things
to know about
safety belts and children. And there are different rules
for smaller children and babies.
If a child will be riding
in your Geo,see the partof this manual called
“Children.” Follow those rulesfor everyone’s
protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s
how to wear
it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
1-10
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
If the
belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender” at the
end of this section.
Make sure the release button
on the buckleis positioned
so you would beable to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across
you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder beltmay lock if youpull the belt across
you very quickly.If this happens, let the.beltgo back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly,
4. Push the latch plateinto the buckle untilit clicks.
5. To make the lap part tight,pull down onthe buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt.
1-11
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
Before you begin to drive, move the shoulder belt
adjuster to the heightthat is right for you.
The lap partof the belt shouldbe worn low and snug on
In a crash,this applies
the hips, just touching the thighs.
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less likely
to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen.This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder andacross the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif there's a sudden stop or crash, or
if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
1-12
Pull the release knob and move the height adjuster to the
desired position. After you move the adjuster to where
you want it, try to move it without pulling the release
knob to make sure it has locked into position.
Adjust the heightso that the shoulder portion of the belt is
centered on your shoulder. The belt should be away
fiom
your face and neck, but not falling
off your shoulder.
&." Wh,at's wrong with this?
A CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
A:
The shoulder belt istoo loose. It won't give nearly
as much protection thisway.
1-13
What's wrong with this?
You can be h,,iously injured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like
this. In a crash,
the belt would goup over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not
at the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
Always buckle your beltinto the buckle
nearest you.
'.
i
&:
What’s wrong with this?
I
A CAUTION:
You can be seriouslyinjured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm.
In a crash, your
body would move toofar forward, which would
increase the chanceof head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much forcetheto
ribs, which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severelyinjure internal organs
like your liveror spleen.
I
A:
I
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should
be worn over the shoulder atall times.
1-15
@
What's wrong with this?
You canbeseriouslyinjured by atwistehIn
a crash, you wouldn't have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt
is twisted,
make it straightso it can work properly, or ask
your dealer tofix it.
L
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-16
Your Geo has twoair bags -- one air bag for the driver
and another air bagfor the right front.passenger.
Here are the most important thingsto’knowabout theair
bag
system:
1
You can be severelyinjured orkilled in a crash if
you aren’t wearing your.safety ,belt even if you
have an air bag. Wearing yoursafety belt during a
.crash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. The air
bag is only a “supplemental restraint.” That is, it
works with safety belts but doesn’t replace them.
Air bags are designed to work only’in moderate to
severe crashes wherethe front of your vehicle hits
something. They aren’t designed to inflateat all in
rollover, rear, side or low-speed frontal crashes.
Everyone in yourvehiele, including the driver,
should weara safety belt properly whether or
not there’s an air bag for thatperson.
--
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
The belt should go back out of the way.
is out of the
Before youclose the door, be sure the belt
way. If you slamthe dom on it, you can damage both the
belt andyour vehicle.
Air Bag System
--
This part explains theair bag system.
1-17
A CAUTION:
.
.
’
,,.
AIR
BAG
Air bags inflatewith great force, faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating
air bag, it could seriouslyinjure you. Safety belts
help keepyou in position for an air bag
inflation
in a crash. Always wear your safetybelt, even
with an airbag. The drivershould sitas far back
as possible while still maintaining controlof
the vehicle.
I
An inflating air bag canseriously injure small
children. Always secure children properlyin your
vehicle. To read how, see the partof this manual
called “Children” and the caution label on the
right frontpassenger’s safety belt.
1-18
There is an air bag readiness
light onthe instrument
panel, which shows
AIR BAG.
The system checks the air bag’s electrical system
for
malfunctions. The light tells you if therean
is electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
How the Air Bag System Works
I
Where is theair bag?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.
The right front passenger’sair bag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger’s side.
1-19
Don’t put anything on, or attach anything to, the
steering wheel or instrument panel. Also, don’t
put anything (suchas pets or objects) between
any occupant and the steering wheel or
instrument panel. If something is between an
occupant and an air bag,
it could affect the
performance of the air bag or worse,it could
cause injury.
--
When should an air bag inflate?
The air bag is designed toinflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crashes. The air bag will inflate
only if the impact speedis above the system’s designed
“threshold level.”If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform,
the threshold level is
about 9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 km/h). The threshold level
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design,
so that
it can be somewhat aboveor below this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will move
or deform, such
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designedto inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
in a crash onlyone of the twoair bags
It is possible that
in your Prizm will deploy. This is rare, but can happen
in a crashjust severe enough to make an air bag inflate.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether
an air
bag should have inflated simply because
of the damage
to a vehicle or because
of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle
of the impact and
the vehicle’s deceleration. Vehicle damage is only one
indication of this.
What makes an air bag inflate?
In a frontalor near-frontal impact of sufficient severity,
the air bag sensing system detects that the vehicle is
suddenly stopping as a resultof a crash. The sensing
system triggers a chemical reaction
of the sodium azide
sealed in the inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen
gas, which inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and
related hardware are all part
of the air bag modules
packed inside the steering wheel and in the instrument
panel in frontof the right front passenger.
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderateto severe frontal or near-frontalcollisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the steering wheel or
the instrument panel.The air bag supplementsthe
protection provided by safety belts.
Air bags distribute
over the occupant’s
the force of the impact more evenly
upper body, stoppingthe occupant more gradually. But
in many typesof collisions,
air bags would not help you
including rollovers, rear impacts and
side impacts,
primarily because an occupant’s motion
is not toward
the air bag. Air bags should never be regarded
as
anything more thana supplement to safety belts,
and then only in moderate
to severe frontalor
near-frontal collisions.
What will you see after
an air bag inflates?
After the air bag inflates, it quickly deflates. This occurs
so quickly that some people may not even realizeair
the
bag inflated. Some componentsof the air bag module
in the steering wheelhub for the driver’s air bag,or the
instrument panelfor the right front passenger’s bag, will
be hotfor a short time.The part of the bag that comes
into contact with you may be warm, but
it will never be
too hot to touch. There will be some smoke and
dust
coming from ventsin the deflated air bags. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing or from
being able to steer the vehicle,
nor will it stop people
from leaving the vehicle.
I
Wher
lir
bag
infl !s,
dust
is in
the
air.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble, To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get outas soon as it is safe to do so.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
of the vehicle afteran air bag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or door.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur fromthe
right front passenger air bag.
The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After
they inflate, you’ll need some new parts
for your air
bag system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
A new system will include air bag modules and
possibly other parts.The service manualfor your
vehicle coversthe need to replace other parts.
Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic module,
which records information about the air bag system.
The module records information about the readiness
of the system, when the sensors are activated and
driver’s safety belt usage
at deployment.
Your Chevrolet/Geo dealer and the Prizm Service
Manual have information about servicing your vehicle
To purchase a service manual,
and the air bag system.
see “Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.
Let only qualified technicians work on yourair bag
system. Improper servicecan mean that yourair bag
system won’t work properly. See your dealer for service.
NOTICE:
If you damage the cover for the driver’s
or the
right front passenger’s air bag, they may not
work properly. You may have to replace the air
bag module in the steering
wheel or both the air
bag moduleand the instrument panel for the
right frontpassenger’s air bag. Do not openor
break theair bag covers.
For up to90 seconds after theignition key is
turned off and the batterydisconnected, an air
bag canstill inflate during improper service. You
can be injured if you are close to an airbag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped withyellow tape
or yellow connectors. Theyare probably partof
the air bagsystem. Be sure tofollow proper
service procedures,and make sure the person
performing work foryou is qualified to do so.
The air bag system should be inspected by a qualified
technician 10 years from the manufacture dateon the
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Geo
Certification label. After10 years from the manufacture
24 months.
Air bags affect how your Geo should be serviced. There date, have the system inspected every
(The Certification labelis located rear edgeof the
are parts of the air bag systemin several places around
your vehicle. You don’t want the system to inflate while driver’s door.)
someone is working on your vehicle.
1-22
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts workfor everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, theyare more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
The best way to protect thefetus is to protect the
mother. When a safety beltis worn properly, it’s more
likely that thefetus won’t be hurt ina crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right .FrontPassenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt. See “Driver Position,”
earlier in this section.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way,
it will
lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very importantfor rear seat passengers to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those. who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash.
And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be wornas low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
1-23
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
U
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The positions nextto the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here's how to wearone properly.
I
I
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don't let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across
you very quickly.If this happens, let the belt
go back
slightly to unlockit, Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate intothe buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure.
1-24
When the shoulder belt is pulled outall the way, it will
lock. If it does, let itgo back all the way and start again.If’
the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender” at
the end ofthis section. Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positionedso you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever hadto.
3. To make thelap part tight, pull downon the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up
on the shoulder part.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug
on
the hips, just touching,the thighs. In acrash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less
likely to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or evenfatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These partsof the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
1-25
The safety belt locksif there's a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the beltvery quickly outof the retractor.
A CAUTION:
I
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash,you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
To unlatch the belt, just push the buttonon the buckle.
1-26
Center Passenger Position
Lap Belt
U
When you sit in the center seating position,
you have a
lap safety belt, which has no.retractor.
To make the belt
and pull it along the belt.
longer, tilt the latch plate
\
- .
~,
1-27
Children
..
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult
size. In fact,
the law in every state in the United States and in every
Canadian province says childrenup to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies
i. ii
To make the belt shorter, pull its
free end as shown until
the beltis snug.
Buckle, position and release
it the same way as thelap
part of a lap-shoulder belt.If the belt isn’t long enough,
see “Safety Belt Extender”
at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle
is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
1 34
Smaller children and babies should always
be
restrained in a child Qrinfant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint
will say whether it
is the right type and
size for yourchild. A very
young child’s hip bones are so small that a
regular belt might not
stay low on thehips, as it
should. Instead, thebelt will likelybe over the
child’s abdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause seriousor fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enoughfor one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.
A
CAUTION: (Continued)
heavy you can't hold it. For example, in a crash
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 124b. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 2404b. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The babywould be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in
an infant restraint.
b
c
.....
..
, ,, ,
...
I
A CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in your armswhile riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn't weigh much until a
crash. Duringa crash a baby will become so
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
1-29
Built-in Child Restraint (Opf- In)
The child shouldbe one year old ormore and at least
28 inches (71 cm) in height. It is importantto use a
rear-facing infant restraint until the child is about a year old.
A rear-facing restraint gives the infant’s head,neck and
body the support they would need in a crash. See “Child
Restraints” laterin this section for more information.
If your vehicle has this option, there’s a built-in child
restraint inthe right rear seat position. This child
restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
This child restraintis designed for use only by children
who weigh between 20 and 66 lbs. (9 and 30 kg) and
whose height is50 inches (127 cm) or less and who are
capable of sitting upright alone.
1-30
can adjust the
With this built-in child restraint, you
height of the harness. Depending on the seated height
of the child,you can route it through the upper pair
of
slots (A) or the lower pairof slots (B).
&= Which slots shouldI use for my child?
A:
With the child seated on the child restraint cushion,
use the pairof slots thatis at or just above the top
of the child’s shoulders.
&:
What if the top ofmy child’s shouldersis above
the highest pair of slots?
A:
A child whose shoulders are above the highest slots
shouldn’t use this child restraint. Instead, the child
should sit on the vehicle’s seat cushion and use the
vehicle’s safety belts.
A CAUTION:
For the child shown here, the harness should go through
the lower pairof slots (B).
-I
MAKE SURE THE TOPOF THE CHILD’S
SHOULDERS IS BELOW THE SLOTS THAT
THE HARNESS GOES THROUGH. A CHILD
WHOSE SHOULDERS ARE ABOVE THOSE
SLOTS COULD BE INJURED DURING A
SUDDEN STOP OR CRASH. IF THE TOP
OF THE CHILD’S SHOULDERS IS ABOVE
THE SLOTS, DON’T USE THIS CHILD
RESTRAINT. INSTEAD, THE CHILD SHOULD
SIT ON THE VEHICLE’S REGULAR SEAT
AND USE THE REGULAR SAFETY BELTS.
1-31
Adjusting the Harness Height
2. Fold the top half ofthe seatback down.
1. Pull theflap away from the fastenerstrip behind the
<topof the seatback.
1-32
3. Lower the child restraint cushion. Make sure the top
half of the seatbackis folded underneath the child
restraint cushion.
4. Add slack to the harness. To do this, pull the harness
release strap(C) firmly. At the same time, pull both
slotsin the
sides of the harness (D) thr0ugh.th.e
seatback as shown.
If the harness cannot be pulled through the slots,
raise the childseat cushion to an almost closed
position. h11 the harness release strapfirmly and at
the same time pull both sides
of the harness through
the slots. Then lower the child seat cushion again.
‘1-33
5. If the left and right halvesof the shoulder harness
clip are fastened together, separate them.
6. Pull down the seatbackpart of the pad (E).
'
7. Select one sideof the harness. Feed some harness
slack backinto the slot.
When moving the harnessfrom the lower slotto
the upperslot, you may need tofeed as much as
4 to 5 inches (10 to 13 cm) of slack into the slot
to move the harness.
8. Move the harnessout of the slot andall the way up
to the angled slot position.
You may have to squeeze and
turn the harness
slightly to moveit up.
1-35
9. Move the harness to the correct slot. The correct slot
is the'one that will be at or
just above the topof the
child's shoulder.
'
10. Route the harness through the correct slot.
You may have to squeeze and
turn the harness
slightly to routeit through the slot.
'
1-36
11. Pull on the harness firmly. Make sure
it is properly
routed and isn’t twisted
or flipped over.
Securing a Child in the Built-in
Child Restraint
12. Repeat Steps 7 through 11 for the other side of
the harness. Be sure both sides
are adjusted to the
same height.
13. Move the pad back againstthe child restraint
seatback. Make surethe harness goes through the
slots in the pad that match the height adjustment
slots being used.
14, Press the pad againstthe fastener strips.
Now that the harnessis adjusted to the correct height
for
your child, you’re ready to use the child restraint’s
harness (D) to secure your child.
Don’t usethe vehicle’s safety belts.
A CAUTION:
Using the vehicle’s regular safety belts on a child
seated on the child restraint cushion can cause
serious injury to thechild in a sudden stop or
crash. If a child is the proper size for the built-in
child restraint, secure thechild using thechild
restraint’s harness. But childrenwho are too
large for the built-in
child restraint should siton
the vehicle’s regular seat anduse the regular
safety belts.
WARNING! FAILURE TO FOLLOWTHE!
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS ON THE
USE OF THIS CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
1. Before placing the child on the child restraint
CAN RESULT IN YOUR CHILD STRIKING THE
cushion, add slackto the harness. Pull the harness
VEHICLE’S INTERIOR DURINGA SUDDEN STOP
release strap (C) firmly.
At the same time, pull both
OR CRASH.
sides of the harness (D) through the
slots in the
seatback as shown.
SNUGLY ADJUST THE BELTS PROVIDED WITH
THIS CHILD RESTRAINT AROUND YOUR CHILD.
1-38
2. If the left and right halves. of the shoulder harness
clip arefastenedtogether,separatethem.Also,makeitclicks.
sure the harness is not buckled.
3. Placethechildonthechildrestraintcushion.
4. Place one sideof the harness over eachof the
child’s shoulders.
5 . Push both latch plates (F) into the buckle until
Be sure the buckle is free of any foreign objects that
maypreventyoufromsecuringthelatchplates.
If you
can’t secure a latch plate, see your Chevrolet/Geo
dealer for service before using the child restraint.
Pull on both latch plates to make sure they
are secure.
1-39
A CAUTION:
fastened shoulder harnessclip won’t help
on the child’s shoulders.
keep the harness in place
If the harnessisn’t on thechild’s shoulders, it
won’t be able to restrain the
child’s upper body
in a suddenstop or crash. The child could be
seriously injured. Make sure the harnessclip is
properly fastened.
6. Now fasten theleft and right halvesof the shoulder
harness clip together.The purpose of this clip is
to help keepthe harness positioned on the
child’s shoulders.
1-40
7. Pull the harness adjustmentstrap (G) firmly until the
harness is snugly adjusted around the child.
You
should not be able to
put-more than two fingers
between the harness andthe‘child’schest.
Make sure the harness and bucklestrap (H) are
not twisted.
8. Adjust the positionof the harness on thechild’sshoulders bymoving the clip up or down along the
harness. On each side of the harness, the shoulder
part should be centered on the child’s shoulder.
The
harness should be away
from the child’s face and
neck, but not fallingoff the child’s shoulders.
1-41
Removing the Childfrom the Built-in
Child Restraint
2. Unlatch the harness bypushing the button on
the buckle.
3. Move both sidesof the harnessoff the
child's shoulders.
4. Remove the child from the child restraint cushion.
,
1. Ukfasten the shoulder harness clip.
Storing the Built-in Child Restraint
Always properly storethe built-in child restraint before
using the vehicle’s lap-shoulder belt in
the right rear
seat position.
1. Fasten the harness clip.
I
2. Using the fastener strip, attachthe buckle strap to the
child restraint cushion. Make sure
the harness is
unlatched and the buckle strapis flat on the cushion.
3. Fold the child restraint cushion up into the seatback
Make surethe harness adjustment strapis folded up
in the seatback.
top
4. Attach the flap to the fastener strip behind the of
the seatback.
5. Press the child restraint cushion firmly into
the seatback.
1-43
-
Just likethe other restraint systems
in your vehicle, your
built-in child restraint needs to be periodically checked
and may need to have parts replaced after a crash. See
“Checking Your Restraint Systems” and “Replacing Seat
and Restraint SystemParts After a Crash” in the Index.
Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint
is.designed to be used ina
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructionsfor the restraint. You may
find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
in
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system
your vehicle, but the child
also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce .the chance
of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer
if they
are restrainedin the rear rather thanthe front seat.We at
General Motors therefore recommend that
you put your
Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
child restraintin the front passenger seat. Here’s
why:
I
A CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right frontpassenger’s
air bag inflates. This is because the backof a
rearfacing child restraint would be very close to
the inflatingair bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rearseat.
You may, however, secure’a forward-facing child
restraint in the right front seat.
Before you’secure
a forward-facing child restraint, alwaysmove the
front passenger seat asfar back as it will go. Or,
secure thechild restraint in the rearseat.
b
Wherever youinstallit, be sureto secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint
can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people
in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restr*nt in your vehicle -- even when no c’hild inisit.
Top Strap
Your dealer can obtain the hardwarekit and installit for
you, or you may installit yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.
Use the tether hardwarekit available from the dealer.
The hardware and installation instructions were
specifically designedfor this vehicle.
Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear
Outside Seat Position
I
If yotir child restraint has a top
strap, it should be
anchored. If you need to have an anchor installed, you
it &
for
Iyou. If
can ask your Chevrolet/Geo dealer to put
you wantto install an anchor yourself, your dealer can
tell you how todo it.
For carsfirst sold in Canada, child restraints with a top
strap must be anchored according
to Canadian law.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulderbelt. See the earlier part
about the top strapif the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure the childin the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-45
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in
front of the child’sface or
neck, putit behind the child restraint.
5 . 1 1 1the restof the shoulder belt all the way out
of
the retractor to set the lock.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button
is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-46
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and letit go back all the way.The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work
for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraintin the Center
Rear Seat Position
U
You’ll be using the lap belt.
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor whileyou push down on the
child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child
restraint hasone.
1-47
I
4. Run ‘thevehicle’s safety belt though or around the
show
restraint. The child restraint instructions will
1. Make the belt as longas possible by tilting the latch
plate and pullingit along the belt.
2. Put the restraint on the seat; Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle
the
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
instructions say.
6. To tighten the belt, pull itsfree end while you push
down on the child restraint.
1-48
in different
7. Push and pull the child restraint
directions to be sureit is secure. If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different placein the vehicle and
contact the child restraint maker
for their advice
about howto attach the child restraint properly.
1
the childrestraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
To remove
safety belt.It will be ready to work
for an adult or larger
child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag.Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Here’s why
’ A CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s air
bag inflates. Thisis because the backof a
rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to
a rear-facing
the inflating air bag. Always secure
child restraint in the rear seat.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the
earlier part
about the topstrap if the child restraint has one.
1. Because your vehicle hasa right front passenger
air bag, always move the seat as
far back as it will go
before securinga forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restrainton the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the childin the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-49
.$
Pick up thelatch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through
or
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes
in front of the child’s face or
neck, putit behind the child restraint.
A
6. Pull the restof the shoulder belt all the way
out of
the retractor to set the lock.
5 . Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-50
'
'!71
Larger Children
I
7. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor while you push down on the
child restraint.
'8: Push g d pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sureit is secure.
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle the vehicle's
safety belt andlet it go backall the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work
for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle's safety belts.
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
1-51
Accident statistics show that children
are safer if they
to use the
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need
safety belts properly.
0
Children who aren’t buckled upcan be thrown out in
a crash.
0
Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.
1-52
I A CAUTION:
I
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing thle same belt. Th.e
belt can’t properly spread the impact
forces. In a
crash, thetwo children canbe crushed together
and seriously injured.A belt must be used by
only one personat a time.
@
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but the childis so small that the shoulderbelt is
very close to the child’s face or neck?
A:
Move the child toward the center
of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still
is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide.
If the
child is so small that the shoulder belt is still very
close to the child’s face
or neck, you might want to
place the child in the center seat position, the one
that has only a lap belt.
I
A CAUTION:
I
Here a child is sitting ina seat that hasa
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part
is behind
in this way, in
the child. If the child wears the belt
a crash thechild might slideunder thebelt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right
on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause serious
or
fatal injuries.
L
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies beltforce to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
1-53
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
are working properly.Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt and built-in child restraint system
a safety belt
parts. If you see anything that might keep
or built-in child restraint system from doing job,
its have
it repaired.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When
you go
Tom or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so thecrash. They canrip apart under impact forces.If a belt is
extender will be long enough
for you. The extender will
torn or frayed, get a new
one right away.
be just for you, andjust for the seatin your vehicle that
If your vehicle has the built-in child restraint, torn or
you choose. Don’tlet someone else use it, and use it
frayed harness straps can rip apart under impact forces
only for the seatit is made to fit.To wear it, just attach it
just like tom or frayed safety belts can. They
may not
to the regular safety belt.
protect a child in a crash.
If a harness strap is torn or
frayed, get anew harness right away.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly.If your vehicle has a
built-in child restraint, also periodically make sure the
harness straps, latch plates, buckle, clip and anchorages
1-54
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (See the part
on the air
bag system earlier in this section
for air bag system
maintenance information.)
If you ever see a label on the driver’s or the right front
passenger’s safety belt that says to replace the belt, be
sure to do so. Then the new belt will be there to help
protect you in a collision.You would seethis label,on
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new safety belts or
the belt near the door opening.
built-in child restraint parts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.If safety beltsor built-in child restraint h&ess straps
also
are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision damage
But k the safety beltsor built-in child restraint harness
may
mean
you
will
need
to
have
safety
belt,
built-in
straps were stretched, as they would ifbeworn during a
child restraintor seat parts repaired or replaced. New
more severe crash, then you need new safety beltsor
if the safety belt
parts and repairs may be necessary even
harness straps.
or built-in child restraint wasn’t being used at the time
of the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part
on the air bagsystem’earlierin
this section.
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
4 .’
,
.
1-55
NOTES
1-56
c-- Section 2
Features and Controls
Here you can learn about the many standard and
optional features on yourGeo, and information on
are the
starting, shifting and braking. Also explained
instrument panel and the warning systems that tell ifyou
everything is working properly-- and what todo if you
have a problem.
Keys
'A
CAUTION:
Leaving young children in a vehicle with the
ignition keyis dangerous for many reasons.
A child or others could be badly injured or
even killed.
or other
They could operate power windows
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don't
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
2-1
I
NOTICE:
One key is used for the
ignition, the doors and all
Your Geo has a number of features that can help
a lot of
prevent theft. However, you can have
trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock
your keys inside.You may even haveto damage
your vehicleto get in. So be sure you have an
extra key.
When a new Prizm is delivered, the dealer removes the
metal plate from the key
ring and gives itto the
first owner.
The metal plate has a code on it that tells your dealer or
a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep the
code in a safe place.
If you lose your keys, you’ll be able
to have new ones made easily using this code.
2-2
Insert the key in
either front door and turn the top
of the
key toward therear of the car to unlockthe door.
Door Locks
CAUTION:
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
fall out. When a door is
open the doors and
locked, the inside handlewon’t open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through an unlocked
door when you slow down or stop yourvehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’tlocked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, and you will befar
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
--
--
If your vehicle has power door locks, turn the key onc
to unlockthe driver’s dooronly. Turn the key back to
center, then toward the rear again
to unlock all the
doors. Using the key in the passenger’s door will unlock
all the doors.
To lock the door from the
inside, push down the
button on the door.
To unlock the door, pull up on the button.
There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
From the outside, use your key.
To lock the door, turn
the topof the key toward the front
of the car.If you have
power door locks, allthe doors will lock.
2-3
Power Door Locks (Option)
Rear Door Security Locks
=.
I"
..---
Push the power door lock switch on the driver's door to Your Geo is equipped with rear door security locks that
help prevent passengers from opening the rear doors
of
lock or unlock all
the doors at once.
your car from the inside.
To use oneof these locks:
1. Turn the knob so the bar points up and down.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same thing tothe other rear door lock.
2-4
The rear doorsof your vehicle cannot be opened from
inside when thisfeature is in use.
If you want to open rear
a door whenthe security lock
is on:
1. Unlock the door from the inside.
2. Then open the door from the outside.
If you don’t cancelthe security lockfeature, adults and
older children who ride
in the rear won’t be able to open
the rear door fromthe inside. You should let adults and
older children know how these security locks work, and
how to cancel the locks.
To cancel the rear door lock:
1. Unlock the door from the inside and open the door
from the outside.
2. Turn the knob so the bar points toward the sides.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
The rear door locks will now work normally.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leavingthe vehicle, take your key, open your
door and set the locks from inside.Then get out and
close the door.
2-5
Trunk
A CAUTION:
Trunk Lock Release
To open thetrunk lid,
use your key andt
ulr.
it clockwise.
It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk open
because carbon monoxide (CO) gas cancome into
your vehicle. You can’t see or smell CO. It can
cause unconsciousnessand even death.
If you must drive with the trunk
open or if
electrical wiringor othercable connections
must pass through the sealbetween the body
and the trunk:
Make sure allwindows are shut.
Turn the fanon your heating or cooling
system to itshighest speed withthe setting
on VENT. That will force outsideair into
your vehicle. See“Comfort Controls” in
the Index.
If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them all theway.
See “Engine Exhaust’’ in the Index.
2-6
To close thelid, lower and press downon it. After
closing the lid, try pulling it up to make sureit is closed.
Remote Trunk Lock Release
Key in the Ignition
1
If you leave your vehicle with the keys
inside, it’s an
-- so
easy targetfor joy riders or professional thieves
don’t do it.
Pull the lever on the floor
near the driver’s door to
open the trunk lid
from
When you park your Geoand’openthe driver’s door,
you’ll heara tone reminding you to remove your key
from the ignitionand take it with you. Alwaysdo this.
Your steering wheel willbe locked, and so will your
ignition. If you have an automatic transaxle, taking your
key out also locks your transaxle. And remember to lock
the doors.
Parking at Night
Theft
Vehicle theftis big business, especially in some cities.
Although your Geo has a number
of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we puton it can make
it impossible to steal. However, there are ways
you
can help.
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
out of sight.
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables
Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
New Vehicle LLBreak-In”
With the keyin the ignition switch, you can
turn the
switch tofour positions.
NOTICE:
Your modern Geo doesn’t need an elaborate
“break-in.” But itwill perform better in the long
run if you followthese guidelines:
e Don’t drive at any one speed fast or
slow for thefirst 500 miles (804 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stopswith new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement.
Follow this breaking-inguideline every
time you get new brake linings.
e Don’t tow a trailer during break-in.
See ‘(Towinga Trailer’’ in the Index for
more information.
--
Ignition Switch
--
I
W
LOCK (A): This is the only position in which you can
remove the key. This locks your steering wheel, ignition
and automatic transaxle. Pushin the ignition switch as
you turn the topof it toward you.
If you have an automatic transaxle, the ignition switch
can’t be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever
is in the
PARK (P) position.
ACC (B):In this position, you can operate some
of
your electrical power accessories (suchas the radio, but
not the ventilationfan). It unlocks the steering wheel
and ignition.
ON (C): The switch returnsto this position after you
start your engine and release
the switch. The switch
stays inthe ON position when the engine is running. But
even when the ignition is not running, you can ON
use
to operate your electrical power accessories (including
the ventilationfan) and to display some warning and
indicator lights.
START (D): This position starts the engine. When the
engine starts, release the key. The ignition switch will
return to ON for normal driving.
When the engine is not running,ACC and ON allow you
to operate someof your electrical accessories.
A warning tone will soundif you openthe driver’s door
when the ignitionis in ACC or LOCK and the keyis in
the ignition.
I A CAUTION:
On manual transaxlevehicles, turning thekey to
LOCK will lock the steering column and result
in
a loss of ability to steer thevehicle. This could
cause a collision. If you need to turn theengine
off while the vehicle is moving, turn thekey only
to ACC. Don’t push thekey in while the vehicle
is moving.
NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in LOCK andyou can’t
turn it, be sure it is all the way in. If it is, then
turn the steeringwheel left and rightwhile you
turn thekey hard. But turn the
key only with
your hand. Using a tool to force it could break
the key or theignition switch. If none of this
works, then yourvehicle needs service.
2-9
Starting Your Engine
Starting Your L4 Engine
Automatic Transaxle
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turnyour
ignition key toSTART. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idle speed willgo down as your
engine gets warm.
Move your shift lever to PARK
(P) or NEUTRAL (N).
-- that’s a
Your engine won’t start in any other position
safety feature.To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shiftto PARK (P)if your Geo is
moving. If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift toPARK (P)only when your
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transaxle
The gear selector should be
in NEUTRAL (N). Hold
the clutch pedalto the floor and start the engine.
Your
vehicle won’t startif the clutch pedalis not all the way
down -- that’s a safety feature.
2-10
NOTICE:
Holding your key in STARTfor longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery
to be
drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can
damage your starter motor.
2. If it doesn’t start inthree seconds, wait about
15 seconds andtry again to start the engine by
turning the ignition key to
STmT. Wait about
15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining
your battery.
When your engine has run about10 seconds to warm
up, your vehicleis ready to be driven. Don’t “race”
your engine when it’s cold.
If the weather is below freezing
(32°F or 0°C)’let
the engine run for a few minutes to warm up.
3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), it could be flooded with too much gasoline.
Try pushing your accelerator pedalall the way to the
floor and holdingit there as you hold the key in
START for about three seconds. If the vehicle
starts
briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing, but
this time keep the pedal down
for five orsix seconds.
This clears the extra gasolinefrom the engine.
4. If your engine stalls, restart it as explained earlier.
If it stalls often, have the engine checked
by your
dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change theway
the engine operates.Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your
dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform
properly.
If you ever have to have yourvehicle towed, see
the partof this manual thattells how to do it
without damaging yourvehicle. See (‘Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
2-11
Automatic Transaxle Operation
There are several different
positions for your
shift lever.
I
PARK (P): This locks your front wheels. It’s the best
position to use when you
start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
2-12
’ A CAUTION:
I
It is dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not
fully in PARK (P)with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unlessyou have to. If you have left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured.To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, evenwhen you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift leverto PARK (P).
See “Shifting Into PARK (P)”in the Index. If
you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a nailer’’ in
the Index.
Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) range before
starting the engine. Your Geo has a brake-transaxle shift
interlock. You have to fully apply your regular brakes
before you can shift from PARK (P) whenthe ignition
key is in the ON position. If you cannot shift outof
PARK (P), ease pressure onthe shift lever-- push the
shift leverall the way into PARK (P) and release the
shift lever button as you maintain brake application.
Then press the shift lever button
and move the shift
lever into the gear you wish.See “Shifting Outof
PARK (P)” in the Index.
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine
doesn’t connect withthe wheels. To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL(N) only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.
A CAUTION:
’
c
~
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
I NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE(R) while your vehicle is
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift to REVERSE (R)only after yourvehicle
is stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and
forth to get out of snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transaxle,
see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index.
Shifting out of PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N) while
your engineis “racing” (running at high speed)
is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control andhit people
or objects. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis racing.
I
I NOTICE:
Damage to your transaxle caused
by shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
2-13
DRIVE (D): This position isfor normal driving. If you
need more powerfor passing, and you’re:
0
0
Going less than about27 mph (43 km/h), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
Going about 29 mph (47 km/h) or more, push your
accelerator pedal all the
way down.
and have more power.
You’ll shift down to the next gear
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control your speed
as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
Don’t drive in SECOND(2) for more than
25 miles (41 km), orat speeds over55 mph
(88 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle.
Use DRIVE(D) as much as possible.
(2) unless you are going
Don’t shift into SECOND
slower than65 mph (105 km/h), or you can
damage your engine.
LOW (L): This position gives you even more power
SECOND (2). You can
(but lower fuel economy) than
If the
use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud.
LOW (L), the transaxle won’t shift
shift lever is put in
into low gear until the vehicle
is going slowly enough.
NOTICE:
Overdrive (Option)
If yourfront wheels can’trotate, don’ttry to
drive. This might happen
if you were stuck
in
very deep sandor mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle.
Also, if you stop.whengoing uphill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with only the accelerator
pedal. This could overheat and damage
the
transaxle. Use your brakesto hold your vehicle
in position ona hill.’
If your automatic transaxle has OVERDRIVE, you
can use it for better fuel economy. Afterstarting your
engine, alwayspush in the OVERDRIVE switch. Then
select the gear you want and press the accelerator pedal
Gradual starts give you the best
fuel economy. Fast
starts usethe most fuel.
A light on the instrument panel will come on whenever
you turn off OVERDRIVE. See “Overdrive Off Light”
in the Index.
4
2-15
Manual Transaxle
5-Speed
Keep your feetoff the clutch pedal unless operating
the clutch. Avoid excessive use
of the clutch in a half
engaged condition, otherwise the clutch may slip
after only a low mileage, or could cause problems
by overheating. .
You can shift into FIRST
(1) when you’re going less
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a complete
(l),put the shift
stop and it’s hard to shift into FIRST
lever in NEUTRAL(N) and let upon the. clutch. Press
(1).
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST
SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedal as you let up on
(2). Then,
the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND
as you pressthe
slowly let up on the clutch pedal
This is your shift pattern. Here’s how to operate
your transaxle:
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into
FIRST (1). Then, slowly let up onthe clutch pedalas
you press the accelerator pedal.
2-16
accelerator pedal.
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4), FIFTH (5): Shift into
THIRD (3)’ FOURTH (4) and FIFTH ( 5 ) the same way
you do for SECOND (2). Slowly let up on the clutch
pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press
the
brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and
shift to
NEUTRAL (N).
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when youstart or
idle your engine.
REVERSE (R): To back up, press down the clutch
pedal and shiftinto REVERSE (R). Let up onthe clutch
pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal.
Manual Transaxle Recommended Shift Speeds
NOTICE:
Shift to REVERSE (R)only after yourvehicle is
stopped. Shiftingto REVERSE(R) while your
vehicle is moving could damage your transaxle.
Also, use REVERSE (R) along with the parking brake
for parking your vehicle.
Shift Speeds
A CAUTION:
If your speed drops below20 mph (32 km/h), or if the
engine is not running smoothly, you should downshift to
the next lower gear.You may have to downshift two or
more gears to keep the engine running smoothly
or for
good performance.
If you skip more than one gear when you
downshift, you could lose control of your vehicle.
And you could injure yourself or others. Don't
shift from FIFTH (5) to FIRST (1).
This chart shows when to shift
to the next gear for the
best fuel economy.
2-17
Parking Brake
To release the parking brake, hold
the brake pedal down.
Pull the parking brake lever up until you
can press the
as
release
button.
Hold
the
release
button
in you move
To set the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down and
the lever all the
way down.
pull up on the parking brake lever.If the ignitionis on,
the brake system warning light will come on.
2-18
NOTICE:
Driving withthe parking brakeon can cause
your rear brakes tooverheat. You may have to
replace them, and you could also damageother
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing a trailer, see “Towinga Trailer” in
the Index.
Shifting Into PARK (P)
(Automatic TransaxleModels Only)
1-
A
4UTION:
It canbe dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if
the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P)with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have leftthe engine running, thevehicle
can move suddenly. You or otherscould be
injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairlylevel ground, use the steps
that follow. If you’re pulling a trailer, see
“Towing a Railer” in theIndex.
1. Hold the brake pedal downwith your right foot and
set the parking brake.
2-19
2. Move the shift lever into
PARK (P) by holding in
the button on the lever
and pushing the lever all
the way toward the front
of your vehicle.
3. Move the key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and takeit with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the key in your hand, your
vehicle isin PARK (P).
2-20
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
Running (Automatic Transaxle
Models Only)
A CAUTION:
It can be dangerous toleave your vehicle with the
engine running. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P)
with the parking brake firmly
set. And, if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, itcould
overheat andeven catch fire. You or otherscould
be injured. Don’t leave your vehicle with the
engine running unless you have to.
Shifting Out ofPARK (P)
(Automatic Transaxle)
2. Insert the endof the flat-bladed tool into the
rectangular slot and press down firmly.
Your Geo has a brake-transaxle shift interlock. You have
to fully apply your regular brakes beforeyou can shift
from PARK (P)when the ignition is in the ON position.
See “Automatic Transaxle Operation”in the Index.
3. While maintaining brake application, move the shift
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shiftlever -- push the shift lever all the way into
PARK (P) and release theshift lever button as you
maintain brake application. Then press the shift lever
button and move theshift lever into the gearyou wish.
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but
still can’t
shift out of PARK (P), try this:
1. Carefully pry the shift lock override cover from the
lever into the drive gearyou want.
4. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as possible.
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transaxle)
Before you get out of your vehicle, put your manual
transaxle in REVERSE (R) (if your Geo is parked ona
level surface or facing downhill), or put your manual
transaxle in FIRST(1) (if your Geois parked facing
uphill) and firmly apply the parking brake.
’
If you are towing a trailer, see “Towinga Trailer” in
the Index.
floor shift console usinga flat-bladed tool.
2-21
Parking OverThings That Burn
Things that can burn
could touch hot exhaust
parts under yourvehicle and ignite, Don’t park
over papers,leaves, dry grass or otherthings that
can burn.
2-22
Engine Exhaust
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains the gas
carbon monoxide (CO),which you can’t see or
smell. It can cause unconsciousnessand death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
0 Your vehicle was damaged ina collision.
0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high pointson the roador over road debris.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
0 Your vehicle or exhaust system hadbeen
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is
coming into
your vehicle:
Drive it onlywith all the windows down to
blow out anyCO; and
Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic Transaxle)
It’s better notto park with the engine running. But if you
ever haveto, here are some things to know.
Idling the engine with the
air system control
off could allow dangerous exhaust into
your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO)into yourvehicle even if
the fan switch is
at the highest setting. One place
this can happenis a garage. Exhaust with
CO can come in easily. NEVER park in a
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in placecan be a blizzard.
’(See“Blizzard” in the Index.)
--
--
I
A
CAUTION:
I
I
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engineis
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or otherscould be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift leverto PARK (P).
L
Follow the proper stepsto be sure your vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hilland if you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
2-23
Windows
Manual Windows
Use the window crank to open and close each window.
Power Windows (Option)
The AUTO switch for the driver’s window hasan
express-down feature. To use express-down, push the
switch downall the way. Release the switchand the
window will lower completely.
You can also open this window anymount by pushing
the switch halfway down and releasing
it when you want
the window to stop.
Do not push the switch when the windowinisthe
express-down mode.
There are individual controls near each window. Push
the bottomof the switch to opena window and pull up
on the switch to raise
it.
Lock-Out Switch
,fiess the window lock switch to keep passengers from
using their individual window switches. Press the switch
again to unlock the windows.
Horn
.
’
\
’
To sound the horn, press anywhere on the horn pad on
your steering wheel.
With power windows, switches on the driver’s door
.
control each window when the ignition is on. Push down
the frontof the switch to lower a window and
lift the
front of the switch to raise a window;
2-24
\
Tilt Wheel (Option)
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
I
The lever on the left
side of the steering
column includesyour:
A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive.
You can also raiseit to the highest levelto give your
legs more room when you exit and
enter the vehicle.
0
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
0
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer and
Passing Signal
LightingOperation
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and
lift the
lever. Move the steering wheel to a comfortable
level,
then release the lever to lock
the wheel in place.
2-25
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signal has two upward
(for right) and two
downward (forleft) positions. These positions allow
you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way
up or
down. When the turn isfinished, the lever will
return automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turnor
lane change.
To signal a lane change,just raise or lower the lever
until the arrow starts to flash. Hold
it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever
will return by
itself when you releaseit.
As you signal a turn or a lane change,if the arrows don’t
flash butjust stay on, a signal bulbmay be burned out
and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, have it replaced to help avoid
an accident. If the arrows don’tgo on at all whenyou
signal a turn, checkfor burned-out bulbs and then check
the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index).
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
First, you must have the
headlamps on. For high
beams, push theturn signal
lever away fromyou. When
the high beams are on, this
light on the instrument
panel also will be on.
It will go off when you switch to low beam.
To switch
back to low beams, pull the lever toward you.
Flash-to-Pass
With the lever in the low beam position, pull
the lever
toward you to momentarily switch to high beams
(to
the
signal that youare going to pass). If you have
headlamps on, when you releasethe lever they will
return to low beams.
Windshield Wiper/Washer Lever
The lever on the right side
of the steering column
controls the windshield
wipers and washer.
Move thelever to the position you want:
OFF: The wipers are off.
INT Intermittent wiper operation (if your Prizm has
to use this
this). In light rain or snow, you might want
position rather than continuous wiping.
You can change
the time between wipes
by turning the INT TIME band.
Turn the band towardS for a longer delayor toward F
for a shorter delay.
LO: The wipers will run continuously at low speed.
HI: The wipers will run continuously at high speed.
MIST (If you have mist-type wipers, the lever doesn’t
have an INT position.) For a single wiping
cycle, push
the lever toMIST. Hold it there for a second, then let go.
The wipers will stop after one cycle.
If you want more
cycles, hold the lever at MIST longer.
Be sure toclear ice and snow from the wiper blades
before using them.If they’re frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosenor thaw them. If your bladesdo become
damaged, getnew blades or blade inserts.
Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers.
A circuit
breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear away
snow or ice to prevent an overload.
2-27
Windshield Washer
Press the button on the end
of the lever to spray washer
fluid on the windshield. The spray will continue until
you release the button.The wipers will run a few times
if you have the intermittent wiper feature.
If you have
the MIST feature, when you press the washer button,
washer fluid will spray your windshield and you will
need to manually turnon your wipers to clear the
windshield. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in
the Index.
I A CAUTION:
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshieldis warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
your vision.
2-28
Cruise Control
:
With cruise control, you can
maintain a speedof about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more
without keeping your foot
on the accelerator. This can
really help on long trips.
Cruise control does not
work at speeds below about
25 mph (40 km/h).
When you apply your brakes, or push the clutch pedal,
if you have a manual transaxle, the cruise control
shuts off.
I
A CAUTION:
~~
~~
0
Cruise control can be dangerous
- c u
can’t drive safelyat a steady speed.So,
don’t use your cruise control on winding
roads or in heavytraffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes
in tire traction can cause needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery roads.
Setting Cruise Control
A CAUTION:
If you leave youl&misecontrol switchon when
you’re not using cruise,you might hita button
and go into cruise when you don’t want to.
You could be startledand even lose control.
Keep the cruise control switchOFF until you
want to use it.
1. Push the end of the
cruise control lever.
The CRUISE light on
the instrument panel
will come on.
$...
Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed
and then you apply the brake. This,
of course, shutsoff
the cruise control. But you don’t need to it.
reset
Unless you’regoing about
25 mph (40 km/h) or less or
you slowed down to10 mph
(16 h/h)
less than your
preset speed, you can press
the lever up to RES/ACC
(Resume/Accelerate) for
about half a second.
.;p
2. Get up to the speed
you want.
3. Push the lever .down to
SET/COAST and
release it.
1
Resuming a Set Speed
You’ll go right
back
stay there.
up your
to chosen
speed
and
If your preset speed cancels out when it shouldn’t,
there may‘bea problem withyour cruise control. See
your dealer.
1
4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
2-30
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to go toa higher speed:
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Use the accelerator pedalto get to the higher speed.
Push the lever to SET/COAST and hold it for less than
pedal.
a second. Release the lever and the accelerator
Using Cruise Control onHills
How well your cruise controlwill work on hills depends
You’ll now cruise at the higher speed.
hills.
upon your speed, load and the steepness of the
Move the cruiselever from ON to RES/ACC.
When going up steep hills, you may have to step on the
Hold it there until youget up to the speed you
accelerator pedal to maintainyour speed. When going
want, and then release
the lever. To increase your
downhill, you may have to brakeor shift to a lower gear to
speed invery small amounts, move the
lever to
keep your speed down. Of course, applying the brake takes
RES/ACC for less than half a second and then
you out of cruise control. Many drivers find
this to be too
release it. Each time you
do this, your vehicle will
much trouble and don’tuse cruise control on steep hills.
go about 1 mph (1.6 km/h) faster.
Ending Out of Cruise Control
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are several ways to turn
off the cruise control:
There are two ways
to reduce your speed while using
Step lightly on the brake pedalor push the clutch
cruise control:
pedal, if you have a manual transaxle.
0 Push the lever to SET/COAST until you reachthe
Press the cruiseON-OFF button again or pull the
lower speed you want, then release it.
lever toward youto cancel.
0 To slow down in very small amounts, push thelever
Erasing Speed Memory
for less than half a second. Each time you
do this,
slower.
you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 h/h)
When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition,
your cruise control set speed memory is erased.
2-31
Lamps
Daytime Running Lamps
Headlamps
Daytime Running Lamps(DRL) can makeit easier for
of your vehicle during the day.
others to see the front
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but theycan be especially helpfulin the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
Turn the outside partof the
lever to control the lamps.
There are three positionsfor
the lamp switch.
. .
., . . .
OFF: All lamps, except your Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL), are off.
CENTER: At the middle position, the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamp and
the instrument panel
lights comeon. The headlamps are off andDRL is on.
:The headlamps and all other operating
lamps come on. DRL is off.
Eo
.Lamps On Reminder
If you turn the ignition LOCK
to
or ACC and leave
the lampson, you’ll hear a tone when you open the
driver’s door.
2-32
I
The DRL system will make your high-beam headlamps
come on at a reduced brightness when the parking brake
is released with the engine started, even with lamp
the
switch in theOFF position. They will not go
off until the
engine is turned off.
When you turn on the headlamp switch, your
DRL will go
out and your headlampswill come on. The other lamps
that come on with your headlamps
will also come on.
When you turnoff the headlamp switch,the regular
lamps willgo off and your high-beam headlamps come
on at the reduced brightness of DRL. DRLalso comes
on if youare only using the parking lamps.
A light on the instrument cluster
will come on to
indicate theDRL system is operating. See “Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Light”
in the Index.
As with any vehicle, you should turn
on the regular
headlamp system when you need it.
ON: The lamp comes on and stays on whether
or not a
Interior Lamps
door is open.
Instrument Panel Brightness Control
..
This knob controls the
brightness of your
instrument panel lights.
Turn the knob clockwise to
brighten the lightsor
counterclockwise to
dim them.
OFF: The lamp staysoff even whena door is open.
DOOR: The lamp comes on whena door is open.
Reading Lamp
Dome Lamp
The dome lamp has a
three-position switch.
If you have a sunroof,you have a reading lamp near the
sunroof switch. Press the switch to turn the lamp on and
press it again to turn it off.
2-33
Mirrors
Outside Manual Adjust Mirrors
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror
Adjust these mirrors by hand
so that you canjust see the
side of your vehicle when you are sitting
in a
comfortable driving position.
Power Remote Control Mirrors (Option)
The remote power mirror
control is to the leftof
your steering wheel.To
adjust either mirror, move
the switch toL (left) or
R (right). Then use the
round touch pad to adjust
the mirror.
When you are done adjusting the mirrors, move the
mirror has a pivotso that you can adjust it up and down control back to the center.
or side to side.
You can adjust the mirror
for day or night driving. Pull
the tab for night driving to reduce glare. Push the tab
for
daytime driving.
An inside rearview mirror is attached to your roof.
The
2-34
Convex Outside Mirror
Storage compartments
Your passenger’s side mirror is convex.A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
driver’s seat.
Glove Box
I
I A CAUTION:
To open the glove box door, squeeze the buttons.
Always keep the glove box door closed while driving.
Door Storage Compartments
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hita vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The driver’s door has a map/storage compartment.
You
may also have a storage compartment on your
passenger’s door.
2-35
Cupholder
Console Storage Area
A small storage areais in
the console between the
seats. If there is a cover,
lift it up to access the
storage area.
Ashtrays and Lighter
To open the cupholder, push and release the bar, then
pull the cupholder out. With cups removed, push
it back
in to store.
2-36
Pull the door to open the ashtray.
To remove it, push
down on the part marked
PUSH at the back, then pull
the ashtray out.
The rear ashtray is
on the back of the center console.
To remove the
Pull on the topof the door to open it.
ashtray, press downon the tab and pull it out.
NOTICE:
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors.You
can also swing them to the side.
Don’t put papers and other things that burn into
your ashtray.If you do, cigarettes or other
Visor Vanity Mirrors (Option)
smoking materials could set them on fire,
causing damage.
When you are done using the ashtray, push it back to
close it.
To use the lighter, push thelighter in all the way and let
go. When it’s ready,it will pop back by itself. The
lighter won’t work if the key in
is LOCK.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighterin with your hand
while it is heating.If you do, it won’t be able to
back away from the heating element
when it’s
ready. That can makeit overheat, damaging the
lighter and the heating
element.
Swing down the sun visor. Pull down the cover to
expose the vanity mirror.
2-37
Sunroof
You can tilt or openyour sunroof. To tilt thesunroof,
press the switch marked
UP. Press the other end
of the
switch to lower the sunroof. Your ignition must be on
for this switch to work.
2-38
To open the sunroof, push the
SLIDE arrow that points
to therear of the vehicle.To close it, push the other
arrow that points to the front
of the vehicle. The sunroof
Push the arrow again to
will close partially then stop.
close it completely. You can open thesunroof to
any position.
If the sunroof willnot close, follow these instructions:
u
1. Remove the cover screw
(use a cross-recess
screwdriver) and
take off the sunroof
control cover.
2. Carefully remove the inside screw, washers and
spacers. Be careful not to
lose this screw, the
washers, orthe spacers becausethe sunroof won’t
work without them.
3. Close the sunroof by
hand as far as it will go.
Then insert a blade
screwdriver into the hole
and turnit clockwise
until the sunroof
is closed.
Be sure to have the sunroof checked by your
Chevrolet/Geo dealer as soon as possible.
2-39
Instrument Panel
2-40
A. Side Window DefoggerVent
N. Cigarette Lighter
B.
C.
D.
E.
Electric Mirror Control
0. Hazard Warning Flashers
Brightness Control
P. ShiftLever
Q. Coinholder
R. Ashtray
SI Cupholder
T. Audio System
U. Comfort Control System
V. Passenger’s Side Air Bag
W. Glove Box
X. Side Window DefoggerVent
Y. Vent (Shut-Off)Thumbwheel
Hood Release
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
E Tilt Wheel Lever
G. Instrument Cluster
H. HomDriver’s SideAir Bag
I. Windshield Wiper Control
J. Ignition Switch
K. Windshield Washer Button
L. Cruise Control
M. Rear Window Defogger
2-41
Standard Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running, You’ll know how fast
you’re going, about how muchfuel you haveleft in your fueltank, and many other things you’ll need to know to
drive safely and economically.
2-42
Optional Cluster
If you have the optional cluster, your instrument
panel gives you additional information. This cluster includes
a tachometer.
2-43
Speedometer and Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speedin both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometersper hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows howfar your vehicle has been driven,
in miles.
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
This part describesthe warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you
locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something
is
wrong
before
it
becomes
serious
enough
to
cause
an
Trip Odometer
expensive repairor replacement. Paying attention to
The trip odometer can tell you how
far your vehicle has
your warning lights and gages could
also save youor
been driven since you
last set the trip odometer to zero. others from injury.
To set the trip odometerto zero, pressthe knob.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem with oneof your vehicle’s functions.As you
Tachometer
will see in the detailson the next few pages, some
The tachometer showsengine speed in thousands of
warning lights come on briefly when you start
the
revolutions per minute (rpm).
engine just to let you know they’re working.
If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
NOTICE:
Gages can indicate when there may beisora problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in warning lights work together to let you know when
the red area, or engine damage may occur.
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
2-44
.
- .
,.
.
. i .- .
I
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays
on
when you aredriving, or when oneof the gages shows
there may bea problem, check the section that tells you
this manual’s advice.
what to, do about it. Please follow
Waiting to do repairscan’becostly -- and even
dangerous. So please getto know your warning lights
gages.
They’re
and
help.
a big
.>
Safety Belt Reminder Light
I
i.
When the keyis turned to ON or START, a buzzer will
come onfor about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety isbelt
already buckled.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stay on
until the driver’s belt
is buckled.
Air Bag ReadinessLight
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument
panel, which showsAIR BAG. The system checks the
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes theair bag sensors, theair bag modules,
the wiring and,thediagnostic module. For more
information on theairbag system, see “Air Bag”
in the Index.
-
AIR
BAG
You will see this light come
on fora few- seconds when
you,turn your ignitionto
ACC, ON or START. Then
the light should go out. This
means the systemis ready.
If the air bag readiness light doesn’t come on when you
start your vehicle, or stays
on, or comes on when you
are driving, yourair bag system may not work properly.
Have your vehicle serviced right away.
2-45
Charging System Light
This light will comeon
briefly when youturn on the
ignition, but the engine is
not running,as a checkto
show youit is working.
Then it should go out when
the engine starts.
Brake System Warning Light
Your Geo’s hydraulic brake systemi s divided into two
parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can still
work and stop you. For good braking, though, you need
both parts working well.
If the warning light comeson, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
This light should comeon
when youturn theignition
key to START. If it doesn’t
come on then, haveit fixed
so it will be readyto warn
you if there’s a problem.
If it stays on, or comes on while you are driving, you
BRAKE
may have a problem with
the electrical charging system.
It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive
belt or another electrical problem. Have
it checked
right away. Driving whilethis light is on could
drain
your battery.
If you musf ‘ ive a short distance with the charging
If the light comes on while you
are driving, pulloff the
system light on, be certain turn
to off all your
road and stop carefdly.You may notice thatthe pedal is
accessories, suchas the radio andair conditioner.
harder to push.O r , the pedal may go closer to the floor. It
may take longer to stop.If the light isstill on, orif the
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing, have the
vehicle towed for service. (See “Anti-Lock Brake System
Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.)
8
2-46
.
I
IA CAUTION:
I
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
(Option)
I
Your brake system may not be working properly
if the brakesystem warning lightis on. Driving
with the brakesystem warning lighton can lead
to anaccident. If the light is still onor if the
anti-lock brakesystem warning lightis flashing
after you’ve pulled off the road and stopped
carefully, have thevehicle towed for service.
When the ignition ison, the brake system warning light
will also come on when you
set your parking brake. The
light will stay onif your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake
is fully
released, it means you have a brake problem.
ABS
With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will come
on when you start your
engine and it will stay
on for three seconds.
That’s normal.
If the light flashes when you’re driving, you don’t have
anti-lock brakes and there could be a problem with yo
regular brakes. Pulloff the road and stop carefully. You
may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the ped
may go closer tothe floor. It may take longer to stop.
Have the vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing
Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
2-47
’ A CAUTION:
I
I
Your regular brake system may not be working
properly if the anti-lock brake system warning
light is flashing. Driving with the anti-lock brake
system warning light flashing can lead to
an
off the road and
accident. After you’ve pulled
stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed
for service.
2-48
If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or,if the light comes on and stays on
when you’re driving, stop as soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Then start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light still stayson, or comes on again
while you’re driving, your Geo needs service.
If the
light is on but not flashing and the regular brake system
warning light isn’ton, you still have brakes, but you
don’t have anti-lock brakes.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when youturn the ignition key to
ON. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light
(Option)
ABS
ACTIVE
@
-
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking
skid,
the anti-lock brake system
active light will come on.
Standard Cluster
Slippery road conditions may
exist if this light comes
on, so adjust your driving accordingly.
The light will
stay on for a few secondsafter the system stops
adjusting brake pressure.
The anti-lock brake system active light
also comes on
briefly when you turn the ignition key ON.
to If the light
doesn’t come on then, haveit fixed so it will be there to
tell you when the systemis active.
Optional Cluster
This gage shows theengine coolant temperature. If the
gage pointer moves intothe red area, your engineis too
hot! It means that your engine coolant has overheated.
If you have been operating your vehicle under normal
driving conditions, you should
pull off the road, stop
your vehicle andturn off the engine as soon
as possible.
In “Problems on the Road,” this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
2-49
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light)
NOTICE:
Your Geo is equipped with a
computer which monitors
operation of the fuel,
ignition and emission
control systems.
CHECK
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, aftera while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not be
as
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could leadto costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
This light should comeon, as a check to show youit is
working, when the ignitionis on and the engineis not
running. If the light doesn’t comeon, have it repaired.
This light will also come
on during a malfunction in one
This system is calledOBD 11(On-Board
of two ways:
Diagnostics-Second Generation) andis intended
to assure that emissions are
at acceptable levelsfor
0 Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
the life of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
environment. (In Canada, OBDII is replaced by
may damage the emission control system on your
Enhanced Diagnostics.)The CHECK ENGINE light,
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
comes -onto indicate that thereis a problem and service
and service is required.
is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated
by the
0 Light On Steady -- An emission control system
system before any problemis apparent, which may
malfunction has been detected
on your vehicle.
prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
Dealer
or
qualified
service
center
diagnosis and
system is also designed to assist your service technician
service may be required.
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
!
2-50
If the Light Is Flashing
The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
Ifthe”
Steady
Yo1 lay be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
0
Reduce vehicle speed.
Did youjust drive through adeep puddle of water?
0
Avoid hard accelerations.
Avoid steep uphill grades.
If so, your electrical system may be wet.
The condition
will usually be corrected when
the electrical system
dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
If towing a trailer, reducethe amount of cargo being
hauled as soon as it is possible.
Are you low onfuel?
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady,
see “If
the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues toflash, when it is safe to do so,
stop the vehicle. Put your vehiclein PARK (P). Turnthe
key off, wait at least10 seconds and restart the engine.
If the light remainson steady, see “If the LightIs On
Steady” following. If the light is still flashing follow
the
previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your dealer or
qualified service centerfor service.
As your engine starts to run
out of fuel, your engine may
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts
of
air are sucked into thefuel line causing a misfire.The
system can detect this. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure to install
the fuel cap properly. It
will take a few driving trips to turn
the light off.
Have you recently changed brands offuel?
Engine Oil Pressure Light
If so, be sure tofuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
If you have a problem, with
“Fuel” in the Index). Poor
fuel quality will cause your
your oil, this light may stay
engine not to runas efficiently as designed. You may
on after you start your
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
engine, or come on when
put the vehicleinto gear, misfiring, hesitation on
you are driving.This
acceleration or stumblingon acceleration. (These
indicates that thereis not
conditions may go away oncethe engine is warmed up.)
enough oil pressure to keep
This will be detected by the system andcause the light
your engine properly
to turn on.
lubricated and cool.
If you experiencethis condition, change the fuel brand
I
you use. It will require at least one
full tank of the
proper fuel to turn the lightoff.
The engine could be low oil,
on or have some otheroil
related problem. Have it fixed right away.
If none of the above steps have made the light turn
off,
have your dealeror qualified service center check the
The oil light couldalso come on in three other situations.
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
When the ignition is on butthe engine is not running,
diagnostic tools tofix any mechanical or electrical
the light will come on as a test to showit is
you
problems that may have developed.
working, but the light will
go out when you turn the
ignition to START. If it doesn’t come on with the
fuse or
ignition on, you may have a problem with the
bulb. Have it fixed right away.
2-52
Sometimes when the engine is idling at astop, the
light may blink on andoff. This is normal.
Overdrive Off Light
If you make a hardstop, the light may come onfor a
moment. This is normal.
I A CAUTION:
Don’t keep drivingif the oil pressure is low. If
you do, your engine can become so hot that it
catches fire. You or otherscould be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
I NOTICE:
Damage to yourengine from neglected oil
problems can becostly and is not covered by
your warranty.
OFF
If you have an automatic
transaxle with
OVERDRIVE, this light
appears on your instrument
cluster. The light will come
on whenever you turnoff
the OVERDRIVE. See
“Overdrive” in the Index.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Indicator Light
:::o
.e.
This light is onthe
instrument cluster. It goes
on whenever the Daytime
Running Lamps are on. See
“Daytime Running Lamps”
in the Index.
2-53
Rear Window Defogger Light
This light will come on
whenever the rear window
defogger is on. See “Rear
Window Defogger”in
the Index.
Your fuel gage shows about how much fuel
is in your
tank. The fuel gage worksonly when the ignition switch
is ON. When the gagefirst indicates EMPTY (E), you
still havea little fuel left (about oneor two gallons) but
you need to get more right away.
Here arefive concerns some owners have had about the
fuel gage. All these situations are normal and
do not
indicate that anythingis wrong with the fuel gage.
At the gas station, thefuel pump shuts off before the
gage reads FULL (F).
It takes the gage several minutes to readFULL (F)
after filling the vehicle with fuel.
rue1 Gage
I
1
It takes more (orless) fuel to fill up than the gage
reads. For example, the gage reads half
full, but it
took more(or less) than half of the tank’s capacity to
fill it.
The gage moves a little when you turn, stop or
speed up.
When you turn the engine off, the gage doesn’t go
back to EMPTY (E).
I
Standard
Cluster
Optional
Cluster
2-54
I
I
NOTES
2-55
NOTES
Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
1
I
In this sectionyou’ll find out how to operatethe comfort
control and audio systems offered with your Geo. Be
sure to read aboutthe particular systems supplied with
your vehicle.
Climate Control System
Comfort Controls
With this system, you can control the heating and
ventilation in your Geo. If you havethe air conditioning
option, you can also control cooling.
Your vehicle also has the flow-through ventilation
system describedlater in this section.
3-1
Air Intake Lever
RECIRCULATE: Choose this position
to recirculatethe inside air throughthe comfort
A*
control system.
BI-LEVEL: This position directs the airflow
CIRCULATE: Choose this position to circulate
through the instrument panel vents and toward the floor.
-2 FLOOR: This position directs the airflow toward outside air through the comfort control system.
the floor.
Air Conditioner Controls (Option)
Airflow Knob
d e
,4 VENT This position directs the airflow through
the instrument panel vents.
Q’
-9
DEFOG: This position directs the airflow toward
the floor,the windshield andthe side windows.
The air conditioning system uses the same controls
as
described previously.
DEFROST: This position directs the airflow to the The functionof each controlis explained under “Climate
windshield andside windows.
air is cooled
Control System” in this part. The incoming
and dehumidified instead of being heated.
Fan Knob
Push the A/C button to change your comfort control
Turn the knob away fromOFF to turn the system on.
system from heating to air conditioning. A light will
Turn the knob towardHI to increase the fan’s speed.
come on when the air conditioning
is on. The A/C
button canalso control the humidity in your vehicle.
Temperature Knob
The air conditioner works best
if you keep your
Turn the knob to change the temperature of the air
windows closed. On very hot days, open the windows
flowing from the system.Turn the knob clockwise to
just
long enough for the hot air to escape.
increase the temperature.Turn the knob counterclockwise
to decrease the temperature. The air temperature can’t be
less than the outsideair temperature.
3-2
For normalcooling, push the A/C button and move the
air intakelever to CIRCULATE for normal cooling. For
faster cooling, movethe lever to RECIRCULATE.
Then move the airflowknob to VENT and turn the
temperature control knob counterclockwise. Turn the
fan knob to HI.
On days whenit is raining or the humidity is high,
follow these dehumidifying steps instead
of the cooling
directions. It will help clean windows thatare cloudy
with moisture.
Bi-Level
You may want to use bi-level heatingon cool, but sunny
days. This setting directsoutside air toward your body
and warmer air toward your
feet.
Move the air intake
lever to CIRCULATE and turn the
airflow knobto BI-LEVEL. Turn the temperature knob
to the white area and the
fan knob toward HI.
Ventilation System
For mild outside temperatures, when very little heating
Push the A/C button. Move the airintake lever to
is required, you canstill direct outside air through
CIRCULATE and turn the airflow knob to DEFROST. your vehicle.
Turn thefan knob to HI and adjust the temperature knob
Move the air intake lever to CIRCULATE and turn the
to a comfortable setting.
airflow knob toVENT. Turn the temperature knob to a
Heating
comfortable setting and the
fan knob toward HI.
For the quickest results, move
the air intake lever to
Your Geo’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
RECIRCULATE and the airflow knob toFLOOR.
outside air intothe vehicle when it is moving. Outside
Turn the temperatureknob clockwise for warmer air and
air will also enter the vehicle when the heateror the air
turn the fan knob towardHI. You should switch to
conditioning fanis running and theair intake leveris
CIRCULATE once in a while to avoid stale
air and
at CIRCULATE.
cloudy windows. To prevent cold air from blowing
in,
you may shutoff the outer dash ventsby using
the thumbwheels.
3-3
e When you enter a vehiclein cold weather, move
the fan lever towardHI for a few moments before
of snow
driving off. This helps clear the intake ducts
and moisture, and reduces the chance
of fogging the
inside of your windows.
0
of objects.
Keep the air path under the front seats clear
This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle.
0
Shut off outboard dash ventsto keep cold air from
blowing in.
Defogging and Defrosting
Move the air intake lever to CIRCULATE and turn
the airflow knob to DEFROST to direct airthe
to
windshield vents. Turn the temperature knob clockwise
Adjust the direction of airflow by moving the louvered vents.
and the fan knob towardHI.
Ventilation Tips
When the windshield is clear, turn down the
fan speed.
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet freeof ice, snow or
any other obstruction (such as leaves). The heater
and defroster will workfar better, reducing the
chance of fogging the insideof your windows.
3-4
turn the
To defog the windshield and side windows,
airflow knob to DEFOG. If you have the air conditioning
option, push theA/C button for quicker defogging.
Rear Window Defogger (Option)
The rear window defogger
uses a warming grid to
remove fog from the
rear window.
I
Press the switch to turnon the defogger. The defogger
will stay on for about 15 minutes, then will shutoff
automatically. You can also turnit off by pressing the
switch again. Useit only when the engineis running.
Make sure you turn the defogger off when
the window is
clear. Leavingthe defogger on for a long time could
cause the battery to run down, especially during
stop-and-go driving.The defogger is not designed
for drying water or melting snow.
I NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor blade or something else sharp
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be coveredby your warranty.
Audio Systems
Your [email protected] audio system has been designed to opera
easily and give yearsof listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment outof it if you acquaint yourself
with it first. Findout what your Delco system can do
and how to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re
getting the most outof the advanced engineering that
went into it.
Setting theClock for AM-FM Stereo
Press and hold RCL (TIME SET) to set the correct hou
At the same time, press and hold
the TUNE left arrow
( H R ) until the correct hour appears.
Do not attach anything like a temporary vehicle license
or a decal across the defogger grid on the rear window.Press and hold RCL (TIMESET) to set the correct
minute. At the same time, press and hold the TUNE
right arrow (MIN) until the correct minute appears.
3-5
Setting the Clock for AM-FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player
AM-FM Stereo (Option)
Press and hold RCL-PROG (TIME SET) to set the
correct hour. At the same time, press and hold the
TUNE left arrow (HR) until the correct hour appears.
Press and hold RCL-PROG (TIME SET) to set the correct
minute. At the same time, press and hold theTUNE right
arrow (MIN) until the correct minute appears.
Setting the Clock for AM-FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Players
Press and hold the RCL up and down arrow
(TIME
SET). At the same time, press and hold the TUNE left
arrow (HR)until the correct hour appears.
Press and hold the RCL up and down arrow (TIME
SET). At the same time, press and hold TUNE right
arrow (MIN) until the correct minute appears.
3-6
To Play the Radio
Turn the ON-VOL knob to turn the system or
on off.
VOL: Turn this knob to adjust the volume.
RCL: Press this button to see the station being played
for a moment. Or, press it if you want to see the time
when the ignition is off.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to get AM or FM. The
lighted display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press the rightor left arrow to go to a higheror
lower station. Press and hold to
continue tuning and
release when youfind your station. The display will
show the frequency of each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow andthe radio will
tune to the next higher
or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttonslet
you return to your previously played stations.You can
set up to 12 stations (sixAM and sixFM).
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press one of the six pushbuttons,for at least
two seconds.
3. The sound will mute and then return when
the station
is stored. Whenever you press that numbered button
the station youset will return.
4. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
Setting the Tone
TREB: Turn thisknob to the rightto hear more treble.
BASS: Turn this control behind the TREB knob to the
right to hear more bass.
Adjusting the Speakers
FADE: Turn this knob to movethe sound between the
front and rear speakers.
BAL: Turn this control behind theFADE knob to move
the sound betweenthe left and right speakers.
3-7
AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape Player
(Option)
To Play the Radio
Turn theON-VOL knob to turn the system on oroff.
VOL: Turn this knob to adjust the volume.
RCL: Press this button to see the station being played
for a moment. Or, press it if you want to see the time
when the ignition is off.
3-8
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to getAM,FMl or FM2.
The lighted displayshows your selection.
TUNE: Press the TUNE rightor left arrow to go to
a higher or lower station. Press and hold to continue
tuning and release when you find your station.
The
display will show the frequency
of each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the SEEK right or left arrow and theradio
will tune to the next higheror lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your previously played stations. You
can
set up to 18 stations (sixAM,six FM1 and six FM2).
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press oneof the six pushbuttons, for at least
two seconds.
3. The sound will mute and then return when the station
is stored. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the stationyou set will return.
4. Repeat the stepsfor each pushbutton.
PRESET SCAN:Press this button to hear each
of your
favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons
for a few
seconds. When you want to stop at a chosen station,
press PRESET SCAN again.
Setting theTone
Playing a Cassette Tape
TREB: Turn this knob to the right
to hear more treble,
BASS: Turn this control behindthe TREB knob to the
right to hear more bass.
Your tape player is built to work best with tapesare
that
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
in player.
that are so thin they may not work well this
Treble and bass cannot be adjusted manually when
TONE SELECTis on.
The longer side with the tape visible should
face to the
right. If you hear nothing or hear
just a garbled sound,it
may not be in squarely. Press EJECT to remove the tape
and start over.
TONE SELECT Press this buttonto choose preset
treble and bass equalization settings designed
for
ROCK, NEWS, POP, JAZZ and CLASSICAL.
ROCK will appear when youfirst press TONE
SELECT. Each time you pressit, another setting will
appear onthe display. If you pressit one more time,
after CLASSICAL appears on the display, tone control
will be back to the TREB and BASS knob.
Adjusting the Speakers
FADE: Turn this knob to movethe sound between the
front and rear speakers.
BAL: Turn this control behind the FADE knob to move
the sound between the right and left speakers.
Once the tape is playing, use the knobs for VOL, FADE,
TREB, BASS and BAL, just as you do for the radio.
The lighted arrows show which side of the tape
is playing.
MTL: Your bias is set automatically. MTL will appear
on your display whena metal or chrome tape is inserted.
FF: Press this button to advance rapidly to another part
of the tape. PressFF, RCL/PROG or EJECT to return to
playing speed.
REW Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly. Press
REW or RCLPROG to return to playing speed.If you
press RCL/PROG, the tape will also change sides.
3-9
NEXT Press this button to go forward to the beginning
of the next selection. Press the button again or press
RCL/PROG or EJECT to cancel this function.
For NEXT to work properly, your tape must have
at
least threeor four seconds of silence between each
selection. If you press RCL/PROG, the tape will also
change sides.
PREV: Press this button togo back to the beginningof
the last selection. Press PREV again or press
RCL/PROG or EJECT to cancel this function.
RCL/PROG: Press this button to switch from one side
Your cassette tape player can
of the tape to the other.
an
play continuously because the player has
auto-reverse feature.
Noise Reduction:Press the button with the double-D
symbol to remove noise from tapes encoded with
[email protected]
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under
a license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
and the double-D symbol are trademarks
of Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
EJECT Press this buttonto remove the tape and switch
to radio.
TAPE: Press this button when the radio is playing to
switch to tape play.To switch from the tape to the radio
when the tape is playing, press the AM-FM button.
R-M: Press this button to hear the radio when you are
fast forwarding or reversing
a cassette tape.You can use
the TUNE,SEEK and PRESET SCAN buttons while in
the radio monitor mode.
CLN:This message may appear on the display.If it
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned.
It
will still play tapes, but you should cleanit as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Careof Your Cassette Tape Player”in the Index.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT
for
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape and
Compact Disc Player (Option)
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to get AM, FM1
or FM2.
The lighted display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press the TUNE rightor left arrow to go to
a higher or lower station. Press and hold to continue
tuning and release when you find your station.
The
display will show the frequencyof each station tuned.
To Play the Radio
Turn the ON-VOL knob to turn the system on or
off.
VOL: Turn this knob to adjustthe volume.
RCL: Press this button to see the station being played
for a moment. Or, press itif you want to see the time
when the ignition is off.
SEEK: Press the SEEK right or left arrowand the radio
will tune to the next higher or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your previously played stations. You can
set up to 18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six FM2).
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press one of the six pushbuttons, for at least
two seconds.
3. The sound will mute and then return whenthe station
is stored. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
4. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
PSCAN: Press this button to hear each
of your favorite
stations storedon your pushbuttons for a few seconds.
When you want tostop at a chosen station, press
PSCAN again.
3-11
Setting the Tone
TREB: Turn this knob to the right
to hear more treble.
BASS: Turn this control behind the TREB knobthe
to
right to hear more bass.
Treble and bass cannot be adjusted manually when
TONE SELECT is on.
TONE SELECT Press this button to choose preset
treble and bass equalization settings designed
for
ROCK, NEWS, POP, JAZZ and CLASSICAL.
ROCK will appear when youfirst press TONE
SELECT. Each time you pressit, another setting will
appear on the display. If you press
it one more time,
after CLASSICAL appearson the display, tone control
will be back to the TREB and
BASS knob.
Adjusting the Speakers
FADE: Turn this knobto move the sound between the
front and rear speakers.
BAL: Turn this control behind the
FADE knob to move
the sound between the right and left speakers.
3-12
Playing a Cassette Tape
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
The longer side with the tape visible should face to the
right. If you hear nothingor hear just a garbled sound,it
may not be in squarely. Press STOP or EJECT to
remove the tape and start over.
Once the tape is playing, use the knobs for
VOL,FADE,
BASS, TREB andBAL, just as you do for theradio.
The lighted arrows show which side of the
tape is playing.
MTL: Your bias is set automatically.MTL will appear
on the display whena metal or chrome tapeis inserted.
FF: Press this button to advance rapidly to another part
of the tape. PressFF, RCL or STOP to return to playing
speed. If you press RCL, the tape will also change sides.
REW Press this buttonto reverse the tape rapidly. Press
REW, RCL or STOP to return to playing speed. If you
press RCL, the tape willalso change sides.
NXT: Press this button to go forward to the beginning
of
the next selection. Press NXT again
or press RCL, or
STOP to cancel this function.If you press RCL, the tape
will also change sides.
PRV: Press this button to go back to the beginning
of
the last selection. Press the button again or press RCL,
or STOP to cancel thisfunction.
For NXT and PRV to work properly, your tape must
have at least three or
four seconds of silence between
each selection. If you press RCL, the tape will
also
change sides.
RPT: Press this button togo to the beginningof the
selection and play it again. Press RPT again
to cancel
this function.
Noise Reduction:Press the button with the double-D
symbol to remove noise
from tapes encoded with
Dolby NR.
Dolby Noise Reductionis manufactured under a license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
and the double-D symbol are trademarksof Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
RDM: When playing a tape, press this button during
FF
or REW to hear the radio. Press it again to turn the radi
off. During this operation, only TUNE,SEEK and
PSCAN will work.
RCL: Press this button to switch from one side
of the
tape to the other.
STOP: Press this button to stop the tape and switch to
the radio.
EJECT: Press this button to remove the tape and switch
to the radio.
CLN: This message may appear on the display. If it
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned.
It
will still play tapes, but you should clean
it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Care of Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT
for
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator.The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
3-13
Playing a Compact Disc
Don’t use the mini-discs (three-inch singles). They
won’t eject. Use full-size compact discs.
Insert your disc into the CD slot
on your audio system.
REW Press and hold this button to return rapidly to
a favorite passage. Release
it to play the passage.
FF: Press and holdthis button to fast forward or advance
quickly within a track. Release it to resume playing.
COMP: Press this button to make soft and loud
If the disc comes back out,it could be that the road is
passages more nearly equal in volume.
rough, (the disc should play when the road is smoother);
the disc is upside down; dirty, scratched or wet; or thereRPT Press this button onceto hear a selection
over again.
is too much moisture in the air. (If there’s too much
moisture in the air, wait about
one hour and try again.)
RDM: Pressing this button will cause the
CD player
to
play
the
tracks
back
in
random
order.
To
cancel the
If you see ERR onthe display, the disc player is too hot
random feature, press RDM again or RPT.
ERR off the display.
to play the disc. Press RCL to take
STOP: Press this button or AM-FM to stop playing the
RCL: Press this button tosee which track is playing.
to restart the
Press RCL again, within five seconds, to see how long it disc and switch to radio. Press STOP again
disc at the point whereit stopped.
has been playing.
The track numberalso appears when the disc is inserted CD-TP: Press this button to switch between playing a
tape and aCD when both are inserted.
or you change the volume.
EJECT Press this button to eject the disc and the radio
PRV: Press this button to hear a track again.
If you hold
will play. The disc will start playing at track one when
this button, or press it more than once, the disc will
you reinsert it.
return to previous tracks.
N X T Press this button to hear the next track
now
(instead of waiting until the present track
is finished).
If you holdthis button,or press it more than once, the
disc will advance further.
2 114
Theft-Deterrent Feature
The theft-deterrent feature forthe AM-FM stereo with
cassette tapeor compact disc playerscan be used or
ignored. If ignored, the system plays normally.
If it is
used, your system won’t be usable
if it’s ever stolen
because it willgo into LOC mode.
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until ---- shows on the display.
5. Press the left or right SEEK arrow, or the left or right
TUNE arrow and oo00 will appear on the display.
6. Press the SEEK left arrow and hold
it until the first
digit of your code appears. Release the button.
If your vehicle loses battery power
for any reason, you
7. Press the SEEK right arrow and holdit until the
must enter your secret code again before the system will second digit of your code appears. Release the button.
turn on.
8. Press the TUNEleft arrow and hold it until the third
digit of your code appears. Release the button.
Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
9. Press the TUNE right arrow and hold ituntil the
The following instructions will tell you how to enter a
fourth digit of your code appears. Release the button.
security code into the system.
10. Press AM-FM after you have checked that the code
NOTE: If you allow more than15 seconds to elapse
you entered is theone you wrote down. Then, REP
between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to
will appear on the display which means you need to
time and you must start the procedure overStep
at 4.
repeat Steps5 through 9.
1. Write down any four-digit number and keep
it in a
11. Press AM-FM again and the display will now
safe place.
show SEC.
2. Turn the ignition switch to theACC or ON position.
3. Turn the radio off.
3-15
Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature
.'
'
'
Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a
If your radio is secured (SEC shows on the display) and Power Loss
If power is disrupted to the radio while
in the SEC
you wish to disableit, enter yoursecurity code as follows,
mode, the unit will not work and LOC will show on the
pausing no morethan 15 seconds between steps.
display whenever the ignition is on.
To unlock the unit,
1. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
press the left or riglit SEEK arrows, or the left or right
until SEC showson the display.You are now ready
TUNE arrows and0000 will appear on the display.
. to enter your security code.
1. Press the SEEKleft arrow and holdit until the fist
2. Press the SEEK left arrow and holdit until the first
digit of your code appears.
digit of your code appears.
2. Press the SEEK right arrow and holdit until the
3. Press the SEEK right arrow and hold
it until the
second digitof your code appears.
second digitof your code appears.
3. Press the TUNE left arrow and holdit until the third
4. Regs the TUNE left arrow and holdit'until the third
digit of your code appears.
digit of your code appears. ~ , .
4. Press the TUNE right arrow and hold it until the
5. Press the TUNE right arrow and hold it until the
fourth digitof your code appears.
fourthdigit of yourcodeappears.
5. Press AM-FM after you have checked that the code
6. Press AM-FM after you have checked thatthe code
matches the one you wrote down.
Now the timeof
you entered matchesthe one you wrote down and
day will appear on the display. (Please note ifthat
an
0000 should now appear on the display. You will
incorrect
code
is
entered,
ERR
will
appear
on
the
need to repeat the above procedure.
display andthe above steps need to be repeated.)
7. If the code is correct, the radio will now operate.
If
the code is wrong,ERR will appear on the .display.
.
'
..'
I
.'
.
.
3-16
\
Understanding RadioReception
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
FM Stereo
FM stereo will give you the best sound. But FM signals
will reach only about10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than
for FM,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other.
AM can pick
up noise from thingslike storms and power lines.Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise
if you ever get it.
Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damagefrom loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal
can be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to
it.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
- andclearly.
0
I NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can add
what you want. If you can, it’s very important to
do it properly. Added sound equipment may
interfere with the operationof your vehicle’s
engine, Delco radio or othersystems, and even
damage them. Your vehicle’ssystems may
interfere with the operationof sound equipment
that has been added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer andbe sure to check Federal rules
covering mobile radio andtelephone units.
I
-
--
3-17
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape player thatis not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruiped cassettes or
a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat.If they aren’t, theymay not operate
properly or may causefailure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN to indicate
that you have used yourtape player for 50 hours without
resetting the tape clean timer. E you notice a reduction in
sound quality, try a known good cassette to seeif the tape
or the tape player is at fault.
If this other cassette has no
improvement in sound quality, clean thetape player.
Cleaning may be done with
a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub
the tape head as the hubs
of the cleaner cassette turn. It
is normal for the cassette to eject while cleaning. Insert
the cassette at least three times to ensure thorough
cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaning cassette is
available through your Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
You may also choosea non-scrubbing action, wet-type
cleaner which usesa cassette with a fabric belt to clean the
tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not eject. It
may not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbingtype cleaner.
3-18
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always make sure that the cassette
you have your tape
tape is in good condition before
player serviced.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discs carefully. Store them
in their original cases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surfaceof a disc is soiled, dampena
clean, soft clothin a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the centerto the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and theouter edge.
Antenna
Use the knob on the end
of the antenna to raise the
antenna. To lower it, hold the antenna mast near the roof
and feed it into the holder.
Do not try to lower the
antenna using the knob. Keep the antenna mast clean
for
good performance.
Always lower the antenna before enteringa car wash.
NOTES
3-19
NOTES
3-20
GeGB Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
Geo: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts”in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready
for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be readyfor their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable
of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving.
You never
Here you’ll find information about driving on different know when the vehicle infront of you is going to brake
kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve or turn suddenly.
also included many other useful tips on driving.
4-1
The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
Death .and injury associated with drinking and driving is what if people do? How much is “too much”
if the
a national tragedy. It’sthe number one contributor to
driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many might
the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims
think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
every year.
here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)
of someone
a vehicle:
who is drinking depends upon four things:
Judgment
0 The amount of alcohol consumed
Drunken Driving
MuscularCoordination
The drinker’s body weight
Vision
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
Attentiveness.
Police records show that almost half
of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases,
these deaths arethe result of someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years, some18,000annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than300,000 people injured.
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the
adult population -- choose never to drink alcohol,so
they neverdrive after drinking. For persons under
2 1,
it’s against the law in every
U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.
4-2
0
The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol.
According to the American Medical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up witha
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce(120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixeddrinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
(45 ml)of a liquor like whiskey, gin
or vodka.
Since alcohol is carriedin body water, this means that a
woman generally will reacha higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in manyU.S. states sets the legal limit at a BA
U.S. states, and
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of
0.08 percent. In some
throughout Canada, the limit is
other countries, it’s even lower.
The BAC limitfor all
commercial drivers in the United States 0.04
is percent.
The BAC will be over0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour).Of course, as we’ve seen,it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and ho
quickly the person drinks them.
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC
of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills
of
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All
It’s the amountof alcohol that counts. For example,
if
drivers are impairedat BAC levels above0.05 percent.
the same person drank three double martinis
(3 ounces
Statistics show that the chanceof being in a collision
or 90 ml of liquor each) withinan hour, the person’s
increases sharplyfor drivers who have a BACof
BAC would be close to0.12 percent. A person who
0.05
percent or above. Adriver with a BAC levelof
consumes foodjust before or during drinking will have a
0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance
of having a
somewhat lower BAC level.
collision. At a BAC levelof 0.10 percent, the chance of
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
this driver having a collision
is 12 times greater; at a
a lower relative percentage
of body water than men.
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is25 times greater!
4-3
The body takes about an hour
to rid itself of the alcohol
of cold
in onedrink. No amount of coffee or number
showers will speed that up. “I’ll
be careful” isn’t the
right answer. Whatif there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts
into the street?
A person with even a moderate
BAC might not be able
to react quickly enoughto avoid the collision.
There’s somethingelse about drinking and driving
that’
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger-- is in a crash, that
person’s chanceof being killedor permanently disabled
is higher thanif the person had not been drinking.
4-4
A CAUTION:
Drinking and then driving
is very dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment canbe affected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don’t drink and drive or ride
with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride home ina cab; or if
you’re with a group, designatea driver who will
not drink.
--
--
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go whereBraking action involvesperception time and
reaction time.
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and
the accelerator. All three systems have to
do their work
First, you have to decide to push
on the brake pedal.
at the places wherethe tires meet the road.
That's perception time. Then you have to bring up your
foot anddo it. That's reaction time.
Average reaction timeis about 3/4 of a second. But
that's only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as twoor three seconds ormore with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesightall play a part.So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But evenin 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
travels 66 feet (20 m).
moving at 60 mph (100 h/h)
That could be a lotof distance in an emergency,so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and other
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surfaceof the road (whether it's pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet,dry, icy); tire
tread; and the conditionof your brakes.
Sometimes, as whenyou're driving on snow orice, it's
easy to ask moreof those control systems than the tires
and roadcan provide. That means you can
lose control
of your vehicle.
4-5
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive
Anti-Lock Brakes (Option)
in spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
Your vehicle may have anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is
is a
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between an advanced electronic braking system that will help
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you prevent a braking skid.
do a lotof heavy braking. If you keep pace with the
If your vehicle has anti-lock
traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will
brakes, this warning light on
eliminate a lotof unnecessary braking. That means
the instrument panel will
better braking and longer brake life.
come on briefly when you
If your engine everstops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes.
If you do, the
ABS
pedal may get harder to push down.
If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will useit when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
When you start your engine,
or when you begin to drive
away, your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this test is going on, and
you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.
If there’s a problem with the anti-lock brake system, the
anti-lock brake system warning light will stay on
or
flash. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light” in
the Index.
4-6
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster
than any driver could. The computeris programmed to
make the mostof available tire and road conditions.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road
is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenlyan animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with
ABS.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
4-7
.’
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t changethe time you need
Braking in Emergencies
to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
At some time, nearly every
driver getsinto a situation
stopping distance. If you get
too close tothe vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes that requires hard braking.
if that vehicle suddenly slows
or stops. Always leave
If you have anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the
enough room up aheadto stop, even though you have
same time. However, if you don’t have anti-lock, your
first reaction -- to hit the brake pedal hard and hold
anti-lock brakes.
it
down -- may be the wrong thing to do. Your wheels can
Using Anti-Lock
stop rolling. Once theydo, the vehicle can’t respond to
your steering, Momentum will carry
it in whatever
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal
direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling.
down and let anti-lock work
for you. You may feel the
very thing you were
That
could beoff the road, into the
system working, or you may notice some noise, but this
trying to avoid, or into traffic.
is normal.
If you don’t have anti-lock, use a “squeeze” braking
When your anti-lock system
technique. This will give you maximum brakingwhile
is adjusting brake pressure
maintaining steering control.You do this by pushing on
to help avoid a braking skid, the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure.
this light will come on. See
In an emergency, you will probably want to squeeze the
“Anti-Lock Brake System
ABS
brakes hard without lockingthe wheels. If you hear or
Active Light” in the Index.
ACTIVE
off the brake pedal. This
feel the wheels sliding, ease
will help you retain steering control.(If you do have
anti-lock, it’s different:see “Anti-Lock Brakes” in
the Index.)
In many emergencies, steering can help you more than
even the very best braking.
Steering
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because
the engine
stops or the system
is not functioning, youcan steer but
it will take much more effort.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Experienced driveror beginner, eachof us is subject to
the same lawsof physics when driving on curves.
The
traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to changeits path when you turn
the front wheels.If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going inthe same direction.If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicleon wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve dependsthe
on
condition of your tires and the road surface, the
angle at which thecurve is banked, and your speed.
While you’re in acurve, speed is the one factor you
can control.
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve. Then
you suddenly apply the brakes.Both control
systems -- steering and braking-- have to do their
work where the tires meet the road. Unless you have
four-wheel anti-lock brakes, adding the hard braking can
demand too much of those places. You can lose control.
The same thing can happen if you’re steering through a
sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. Those two
control systems-- steering and acceleration -- can
overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road
and make you lose control.
What should youdo if this ever happens? Ease up on th
brake or accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the
way you
want it to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that
you should
adjust your speed.Of course, the posted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed you
as approach a
curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speedso you can “drive” through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out
of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
4-9
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example, you comeover a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
parked cars and stops right
in front of you. You can
-- if you can stop in
avoid these problems by braking
time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room.
That’s the timefor evasive action-- steering around
the problem.
Your.Geo canperronn very well in emergencies like
these. First apply your brakes-- but, unless you have
anti-lock, not enough to lock your wheels. (See
“Braking in Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is
An emergency like this requires close attention and a
better to remove as much speed as you can from a
possible collision. Then steer around the problem, to the quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended9 and 3 o’clock positions,you can
left or right depending onthe space available.
turn it afull 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to fast,
act steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason‘topractice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
4-10
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edgeof a roadonto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
The driverof a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waitsfor just the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again.
A simple maneuver?
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
SLOW DOWN
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle aontwo-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupiesthe same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds.A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger ca
suddenly put the passing driverface to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents-- the head-on collision.
So here are some tipsfor passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides
and to crossroads for situations that might affect
your passing patterns.If you have anydoubt
whatsoever about making a successful pass, wait
for a better time.
edge of paved surface
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease
off the
accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way, steer
so
that your vehicle straddles the edgeof the pavement.You
can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter
turn until the
turn your
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then
steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
’
Watch for t r a c signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can seea sign up ahead that might indicate a
turn or an intersection, delay your pass.
A broken
center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a soli
line on your side of the lane or a double solid line,
even if the road seems empty of approaching trafiic.
4-11
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and
start your left lane change signal before moving out
you are far enough
of the right lane to pass. When
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex.
The vehicle you
just passed may seemto be farther away from you
than it really is.)
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to
pass while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one
of
thing, followingtoo closely reduces your area
vision, especially if you’re following a larger
vehicle. Also, you won’t have adequate space
if the
vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
0
’
When it looks like a chance to pass
is coming up,
start to accelerate but stay
in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your move
so you will be
increasing speedas the time comes to move into the
other lane. If the wayis clear to pass, you will have
a
“running start” that more than makes for
up the
distance you wouldlose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you
to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and
drop back again and
wait for another opportunity.
0
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn.But takecare that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
the blind spot.
4-12
I
0
0
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time
on two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, makeit easy for the
following driver to get ahead
of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right.
Loss of Control
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready
for a
second skid ifit occurs.
Let’s review what driving expertssay about what
ice,
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow,
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
tires meet the roadto do what the driver has asked.
conditions. It is important to slow downon slippery
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger.
vehicle control more limited.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control
of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, and by not “overdriving”
those conditions. But skids are always possible.
The three typesof skids correspond to your Geo’s three
control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels aren’t
rolling. In the steeringor cornering skid, too much speed
or steering in a curve causes tires slip
to and lose
cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too much
throttle causes the driving wheels spin,
to
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle starts toslide, ease your footoff the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the
way you want the
vehicle to go.If you start steering quickly enough, your
While driving on a surface with reduced traction,
try
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration
or
braking (including engine braking by shifting
to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires
to
slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until
your vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water,ice or packed snow on
the road to make a “mirrored surface”
-- and slow
down when you have any doubt.
If you have the anti-lock braking system, remember: It
helps avoid only the braking skid.
If you do not have
anti-lock, then in a braking skid (where the wheels are
no longerrolling), release enough pressureon the brakes
to get the wheels rolling again.
This restores steering
control. Push the brake pedal down steadily when you
have to stop suddenly.As long as the wheels are rolling,
you will have steering control.
4-13
Driving at Night
Here are some tips on night driving.
0
Drive defensively.
0
Don't drink and drive.
0
Adjust your inside rearview mirrorto reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
0
Since you can't see as well, you may need to
slow down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
0
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads.
Your
headlamps can light up only
so much road ahead.
0
In remote areas, watchfor animals.
If you're tired, pulloff the road in a safe place
and rest.
0
Night driving is more dangerous
than day driving. One
reason is that some driversare likely to be impaired-- by
alcohol or drugs,with night vision problems, or by fatigue.
4-14
Keep your windshield and all the glass
on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
No one can see as well at nightas in the daytime. But as worse by dirt on the glass. Eventhe inside of the glass
A 50-year-old
we get older these differences increase.
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
driver may require at least twice as much light to see the lights dazzle andflash more than cleanglass would,
same thing at nightas a 20-year-old.
making the pupilsof your eyes contract repeatedly.
What you do inthe daytime can also affect your night
Remember that your headlamps light up
far less of a
vision. For example,if you spend the dayin bright
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
have less trouble adjusting to night. But
if you’re
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should
be
driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut checked regularly for proper aim, so should youreyes
down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
of things invisible.
blindness -- the inability tosee in dim light-- and
aren’t even aware of it.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a secondor two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When
you are fac,ed with severe glare(as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little.
Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Driving in Rainand on Wet Roads
Rain ana wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerateor turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on
dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edgeof the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in
good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled
with washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper
inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield, or when strips
of rubber start to
separate from the inserts.
I A CAUTION:
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won't work
well in a quick stop and may cause pulling
to one
side. You could lose controlof the vehicle.
or
After driving through a large puddle of water
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through somecar washes can cause problems,too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can't, try to slow down before you hit them.
4-17
Hydroplaning
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride
on the water.
This can happen if the roadis wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle
is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
I NOTICE:
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But
it can if your
tires haven’t much tread or the
if pressure in one or
more is low. It can happenaiflot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard andfast rule about hydroplaning.The
best adviceis to slow down whenit is raining.
~
~
Some OtherRainy Weather Tips
0
0
4-18
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that is slightly
lower than the underbody
of your vehicle.If you
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
City Driving
Here are waysto increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get to where you are
trip into an
going. Get a city map and plan your
unknown part of the cityjust as you wouldfor a
cross-country trip.
0
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal.A traffic
light is there because the corner is busy enough to
need it. When a light turns green, and
just before you
start to move, check both ways for vehicles that hav
not cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of trafficon them. You’ll want to watch outfor
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
4-19
Freeway Driving
At the entrance, there is usually
a ramp that leads tothe
freeway. If you havea clear viewof the freeway asyou
drive along the entrance ramp,you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow.Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed; Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate
if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the
lane, glance quickly overyour
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle
in your
“blind” spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways, slightly slower at night.
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
When you want to leavethe freeway, move to the proper
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
lane well in advance. If you miss your
exit, do not,
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive
on to
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same the next exit.
speed mostof the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the The exit ramp can
left lane on a freeway
as a passing lane.
4-20
The exit speed is usually posted.
Here are some things youcan check before a trip:
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After drivingfor any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend
to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
0
Windshield WasherFluid: Is the reservoir full?Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
0
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
0
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
all levels?
Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enoughfor
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflatedtheto
recommended pressure?
Before Leaving on a Long
Trip
Make sure you’re ready.Try to be well rested.If you
must start when you’re notfresh -- such as after a day’s
that part
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles first
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you
can easily drive in.
Is your vehicle readyfor a long trip?If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s ready to If
go.it needs
service, haveit done before startingout. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service experts
in
Chevrolet/Geo dealerships all across North America.
They’ll be ready and willingto help if you need it.
0
0
0
WeatherForecasts: What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
0
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
4-21
Highway Hypnosis
Is there actually such a condition
as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it just plain falling asleep
at the wheel? Call it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness,or whatever.
of road with
There is something about an easy stretch
the same scenery, along with the hum
of the tires on the
road, the droneof the engine, and the rush
of the wind
make you sleepy. Don’t letit
against the vehicle that can
happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the
road in less than a second, and you could crash and
be injured.
Hill and Mountain Roads
.,.s
:..
. ::, .
,
I
What can youdo about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it can happen.
Then hereare some tips:
Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
0
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
0
If you get sleepy, pull off the road
into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise,
or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
4-22
Driving on steep hills or mountains
is different from
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
If you drive regularly insteep country, or if you’re
are some tips thatcan make
planning to visit there, here
your tripssafer and more enjoyable.
0
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and alsothe brakes, tires, cooling system
and transaxle. Theseparts can work hardon
mountain roads.
Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to knowis this: let your enginedo some of the
slowing down.Shift to a lower gear when you go
down asteep or long hill.
A
CAUTION:
I
If you don’t shift down, your brakescould get
so hot thatthey wouldn’t work well. You would
then have poor braking even
or none going
down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let
your engine assist yourbrakes on a steep
downhill slope.
IA CAUTION:
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the work of slowing down. They could getso
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking oreven none going downa hill.
You could crash. Always haveyour engine running
and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hillsor mountains. Don’t swing wideor cut
across the centerof the road. Drive at speedsthat let
you stay in your own lane.
As you go over the topof a hill, be alert. There
could be something in yourlane, like a stalledcar or
an accident.
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examplesare long grades, passingor
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
4-23
Winter Driving
!I
Here are some tips for winter driving:
0 Have your Geoin good shape for winter.
0
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your trunk.
4-24
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And,if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a pieceof old carpet or a couple
of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
What’s the worst timefor this? “Wet ice.”Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the ice can be even more trouble because it may the
offer
road probably have good traction.
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32 O F ; 0” C) and freezing rain begins to fall.
However, if there is snow orice between your tires and
the road,you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
can get there.
have a lotless traction or“grip” and will need to be
very careful.
Whatever the condition-- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow-- drive with caution. Accelerate gently.
Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate
too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surfac
under the tires even more.
Unless you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to brake very gently, too. (If you do have anti-lock
see “Anti-Lock” inthe Index. This system improves
your vehicle’s stability when you make a hard stop
on a
slippery road.) Whether you have the anti-lock braking
system or not, you’ll want to begin stopping sooner than
you would ondry pavement. Without anti-lock brakes,
if you feel your vehicle begin to slide, let on
up the
brakes a little. Push the brake pedal down steadily to get
the most traction you can.
4-25
’
~
~
Remember, unless you have anti-lock, if you brake so
hard that your wheels stop rolling, you’ll just slide.
Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you
can
still steer.
0
Whatever your braking system, allow greater
following distanceon any slippery road.
0
Watch for slippery spots.The road might befine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear
in
shaded areas wherethe sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildingsor-underbridges.
Sometimes the surfaceof a curve or an overpass may
If
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear.
you see a patch
of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually
on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
I
If you are stopped by heavy
snow, you could be in a
serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unlessyou know for sure thatyou are nearhelp
and you can hike through the snow.
Here are some
things todo to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
0 Turn on your hazard flashers.
4-26
0
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you've been stopped by the snow.
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blanketsor extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags,rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
A CAUTION:
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle.
CO (carbon monoxide) gas
This can cause deadly
to get inside. CO could overcomeyou and kill
you. You can't see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is in your vehicle. Clear awaysnow from
around thebase of your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaustpipe. And check
around again fromtime to time to besure snow
doesn't collect there.
of the
Open awindow just a little on the side
vehicle that's away from thewind. This will help
keep CO out.
You can run the engine to keepwarm, but be careful.
4-27
~ u your
n engineonly as long as youmust. This saves
heel. When you run the engine, makeit go a little faster
Loading Your Vehicle
.
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator ,slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and
it keeps the
battery charged.You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the'vehicle, and possiblyfor signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heater
run for awhile.
VEHICLE
Then, shut the engine
off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat.Start the engine again
and repeat this only when you
feel really uncomfortable
3m the cold. But doit as little as possible. Preserve the
,fuelas long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
out of the vehicle anddo some fairly vigorous exercises
everyhalf hour orso until help comes.
CAPACITY
WEIGHT
RECOMMENDED TIRE SIZE
SEE OWNERSMANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
..
.
J.
.
, .
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight
it
may properly carry.The Tire-Loading Information label,
found in the glove compartment, tells you the proper
size, speed rating andrecornended inflation pressures .
for the tires on your vehicle.
It also gives you important
information about the number
of people that can be
in
'your vehicle and the total weight that you can
carry.
This weightis called the vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weightof all occupants, cargo and all
nonfactory-installed options.
MFG. BY NEW UNITED MOTOR MANUFACTURING
A CAUTION:
‘
INC.
Do not load yourvehicle any heavier than the
BA416932
GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, or it can change way
the your vehicle
handles. These could causeyou to lose control.
Also, overloading can shorten thelife of
your vehicle.
The other label is the CertXcation label, found on the rear
NOTICE:
of the driver’s door opening. Ittells you the gross weight
capacity of your vehicle, called theGVWR (Gross Vehicle
Your warranty does not coverparts or
Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of the
components thatfail becauseof overloading.
vehicle, all occupants, fueland cargo. Never exceed the
Axle Weight Rating
GVWR for your vehicle, or the Gross
-- like suitcases,
If you put things inside your vehicle
(GAWR) for either the front or rear
axle.
tools, packagesor anything else -- they will go as fast as
And, if youdo have a heavyload, you should spread
the vehicle goes. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or
it out. Don’t carry more than125 lbs. (56.7 kg) in
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
your trunk.
4-29
A CAUTION:
Things you put insidey c vehicle
~
can strike
and injurepeople in a sudden stopor turn, or
in a crash.
0 Put things in the trunk of your vehicle. In a
trunk, put themas far forwardas you can.
Try to spread theweight evenly.
0 Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside thevehicle so that some of them are
above the topsof the seats.
0 Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
0 Don’t leave a seat folded down unlessyou
need to.
Towing a Trailer
‘A
~~
~
CAUTION:
If you don’t use the correct equipmc--- and drive
properly, you can lose control whenyou pull a
trailer. For example, if the traileris tooheavy, the
brakes may not work
well or even at all. You
and your passengers couldbe seriously injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the
steps in this section. Ask your Geo dealer for
advice and information abouttowing a trailer
with yourvehicle.
--
NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costly repairs notcovered by
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice in this
part, andsee your Geo dealer
for important information about
towing a trailer
with your vehicle.
4-30
Your vehicle can tow a trailerif it is equipped with a
1.6L (Code 6)engine or a 1.8L (Code8) engine and
proper trailer towing equipment.
To identify what the
vehicle trailering capacity isfor your vehicle, you
should read the information in “Weight
of the Trailer”
that appears laterin this section. But traileringis
different thanjust driving your vehicleby itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
equipment, andit has to be used properly.
That’s the reasonfor this part. Init are many
time-tested, important traileringtips and safety rules.
Many of these are importantfor your safety and thatof
your passengers.So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such asthe engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies and tiresare forced to work harder
against the dragof the added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generatingextra heat. What’s more, the
trailer adds considerablyto wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points:
e There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’ll be driving.A good sourcefor this
information can be state or provincial police.
e Consider using a sway control.
You can ask a hitch
dealer about sway controls.
0
Don’t tow a trailer at all during
the first 1,000 miles
(1 600 km)your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle or other parts could be damaged.
e Then, during thefirst 500 miles (800km)that you
50 mph (80 km/h) and
tow a trailer, don’t drive over
0
don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps your
engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Don’t drive faster thanthe maximum posted speed
for trailers (orno more than 55 mph (90 km/h)) to
save wearon your vehicle’s parts.
4-31
Three important considerations have do
to with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
the weightof the trailer tongue
and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than1,500 lbs. (680 kg). But
even that can be too heavy.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure becauseit affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle. The capacity weight includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in
it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And
if you will tow a trailer, you must subtract the tongue
load from your vehicle’s capacity weight because your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” inthe Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
rig. For
It depends on how you plan to use your
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
trailer areall important. And,it can also depend on any
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
You can ask your dealerfor our trailering information or
advice, or you can writeus at:
Customer Assistance Department
Chevrolet/Geo
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
4-32
A
If you’re usinga weight-carrying hitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh10%of the total loaded trailer
weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing hitch, the
12%of the total loaded
trailer tongue (A) should weigh
trailer weight(B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh
the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to seeif the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may beable to get them right
simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are
are
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here
some rules to follow:
0
Will you have to make any holes
in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch?
If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO)fkom your exhaust can get
into your
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” the
in Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
0
The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended
for
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches
or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to
the bumper.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflatedthe
to
recommended pressurefor cold tires. You’ll find these
numbers on the Certification label at the rear
edge of the
driver’s door openingor see “Loading Your Vehicle” in
the Index. Then be sure you don’t
go over the GVW
limit for your vehicle, including the weight
of the
trailer tongue.
4-33
Even if your vehicle doesn’t have anti-lock brakes,
don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake system if the trailer’s
You should always attach chains between your vehicle brake system will use more than
0.02 cubic inch(0.3 cc)
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of fluid from your vehicle’s master cylinder.
If it does,
of the trailerso that the tongue will not drop to the road both braking systems won’t work well.
You could even
if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions
lose your brakes.
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the 0 Will the trailer brake parts take3,000 psi
(20 650 P a ) of pressure? If not, the trailer brake
manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
system must not be used with your vehicle.
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
leave just enough slackso you can turn with your rig.
If everything checks out this far, then make the brake
And, never allow safety chainsto drag on the ground.
port. But
fluid tap at the upper rear master cylinder
don’t use copper tubingfor this. If you do, it will
nailer Brakes
bend and finally break off. Use steel brake tubing.
Does your trailer haveits own brakes?Be sure to read
and follow the instruction
for the trailer brakesso you’ll
be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly.
If
your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, don’t
try to tap into
your vehicle’s brake system. If you
do, both brake
systems won’t work well or at all.
Safety Chains
4-34
Driving with a Trailer
Following Distance
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount
of experience.
Before settingout for the open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the
feel of
handling and braking with
the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a gooddeal longer and not nearlyas
responsive as your vehicleis by itself.
Stay at least twice as
far behind the vehicle aheadas you
would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good dea
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform
longer, you’ll needto go much farther beyond the
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
passed vehicle before you
can return to your lane.
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment.
If the trailer has
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then applythe trailer brake controller by hand to be sure Backing Up
the brakesare working. This lets you check your
Hold the bottomof the steering wheel withone hand.
electrical connection at the same time.
Then, to move the trailer the
to left, just move that hand
to the left.To move the trailerto the right, move your
During your trip, check occasionally be
to sure that the
if
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes hand to the right. Always back up slowly and,
possible, have someone guide you.
are still working,
4-35
Making Turns
NOTICE:
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider
turns than normal.Do this so your trailer won’t
strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal
well in advance.
c
Turn Signals When Towinga Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasher and/or extra wiring. Check
with your Chevrolet/Geo dealer.The green arrows on
your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a
turn or lane change. Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about
to turn, change lanes or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flashfor turns evenif the bulbson
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s
important to check occasionallyto be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working.
Driving On Grades
Parking on Hills
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start
down a long orsteep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes
so much that
they would get hot and
no longer work well.
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, ona hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start to move. People can be
injured, and both
your vehicle and the trailer
can be damaged.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to 45 mph (70km/h) to reducethe possibility of
engine and transaxle overheating.
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s
how to do it:
If you are towing a trailer that weighs more than
1,000 lbs. (450 kg), and you have an automatic transaxle
with OVERDRIVE, you may prefer drive
to in DRIVE
(D) rather than OVERDRIVE (or, as you need
to, a
lower gear). Or, if you have a manual transaxle with
FIFTH ( 3 , it’s better not to use FIFTH
(5). Just drive in
FOURTH (4) (or, as you need to, a lower gear).
1. Applyyo1Vegular
brakes, but don’t shift into
PARK (P) yet, or into gear for a manual transaxle.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
regular brakes until the chocks absorb
the load.
4. Reapply your regular brakes. Then apply your
parking brake, and then shift to
PARK (P), or
REVERSE (R)for a manual transaxle.
5. Release the regular brakes.
4-37
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
0
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the traileris clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
4-3s
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
pulling a trailer.See the Maintenance Schedulefor more
on this. Things thatare especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, belts, cooling system and brake adjustment.
Each of these is coveredin this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s
a good ideato review these sections beforeyou start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
NOTES
4-39
NOTES
4-40
Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you'll find whatto do about some problems that
can occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem.
Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and
off.
Press the button tomake your front and rear turn signal
lamps flash onand off.
5-1
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what
position your keyis in, and evenif the keyisn't in.
.. _.,
1'
I'
To turn off the flashers, press the button again.
".
When the hazard warning flashers areon, your turn
signals won't work.
A
I
CAUTION:
..n-
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
the side of the road about300 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle.
Batteries can hurtyou. They canbe dangerous
because:
0 They contain acid that can burn you.
0 They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
0 They contain enough electricity to burn you.
If you don't follow these steps exactly, someor all
of these things can hurt
you.
Jump Starting
If your battery hasrun down, you may want
to use
another vehicle andsome jumper cablesto start your
Geo. But please followthe steps listedin this part to
do it safely.
NOTICE:
1
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage
. to yourvehicle that wouldn't be covered by
your warranty.
Trying tostart yourGeo by pushing or pulling it
could damageyour vehicle, even if you have a
manual transaxle. And if you have an automatic
transaxle, itwon't start thatway.
1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
NOTICE:
If the othersystem isn’t a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, bothvehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure
the vehicles aren’t touching
each other.If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’tbe able to
start your Geo, and the bad grounding could damage
the electrical systems.
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories pluggedinto the cigarette
lighter. Turn off all lamps that aren’t needed as well
as radios. This will avoid sparks and help save both
batteries. In addition, it could save your radio!
I NOTICE:
If you leave your radioon, it could be badly
damaged. The repairswouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries..Find
the positive (+) and negative(-) terminals on
each battery.
1 A CAUTI
An electric fan can start even
up when the engine
is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away fromany underhood
electric fan.
I
CAUTION:
Using a match neara battery cancause battery
gas toexplode. People havebeen hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has
enough water. You don’t
need to add water to the
Delco [email protected] battery
installed in every new GM vehicle. But if a
battery has filler caps,be sure the right amount
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take
care of that first.If you don’t, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn
you.
Don’t get it on you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush theplace with
water and get medical help immediately.
L
A
5. Check that thejumper cables don’t have looseor
missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive
(+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative (-)
or a metal engine part. Don’t connect positive
(+) to
negative (-) or you’ll get a short that would damage
the battery and maybe other parts, too.
Fans or othermoving engine parts can injure you
badly. Keep your hands away from
moving parts
once the engines are running.
7. Don't let the other end
touch metal. Connect it
to the positive(+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
6 . Connect the red positive(+) cable to the positive(+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive(+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
1
8. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to
the good battery's
negative (-) terminal.
Don't let the other end
touch anything until
the
next
step.
5-5
11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it won’t start aftera few tries,it probably
needs service.
12. Remove the cablesin reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
9. The other endof the negative (-) cable doesn’t go
to the dead battery. It goes to a heavy unpainted
metal part on the engine
of the vehicle with the
dead battery. Attach the cable at least18 inches
(45 cm) away from the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move.
The electrical connection is
just as good there, but the chance
of sparks getting
back to the battery is much less.
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run B. Good Battery
the enginefor a while.
C . Dead Battery
5-6
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a Chevrolet/Geo dealeror a professional
towing service tow your Geo.
See “Roadside
Assistance” in the Index.
If your vehicle has been changed
or modified sinceit
like fog
was factory-new by adding aftermarket items
lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and wheels, these
instructions and illustrations may
not be correct.
Before you do anything,turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannot be towedfrom the front or
rear with sling-type equipment.
0 That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
The make, model &d year of your vehicle.
0 Whether you can still move the shift lever,
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives,let the tow operator
know thatthis manual contains detailed towing
instructions and illustrations.The operator may want to
see them.
I
A CAUTION:
To help avoid injury toyou or others:
Never let passengers ride ina vehicle that is
being towed.
Never tow faster than safe orposted speeds.
Never tow with damaged parts notfully
secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
Always secure thevehicle on each side with
separate safety chainswhen towing it.
Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.
5-7
r
A CAUTION:
I
A vehicle can fall froma car carrierif it isn’t
a collision,
adequately secured. This can cause
serious personal injury andvehicle damage. The
vehicle should be tightly secured with chains
or
steel cables before it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc,) that canbe cut by sharp
edges underneath thetowed vehicle, Always use
T-hooks inserted in theT-hook slots. Never use
J-hooks. They will damage drivetrainand
suspension components.
L
When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition
key turned to theOFF position. The steering wheel
should be clampedin a straight-ahead position, with
a clamping device designed
for towing service.Do not
use the vehicle’s steering column lockfor this. The
transaxle should be in NEUTRAL
(N) and the parking
brake released.
5-8
Don’t have your vehicle towed with the front wheels in
contact withthe ground if it has an automatic transaxle.
If a vehicle with an automatic transaxle must be towed
from the rear with wheel-lift equipment,
the front
wheels must be supported on a dolly.
If your vehicle has a manual transaxle, don’t have
it
towed on the front wheels unless you must.
If a vehicle
with a manual transaxle must be towed on front
the
wheels, it is recommended that the front wheels be
supported on a dolly.If you have a manual transaxle and
dollies won’t be used, turn the ignition key to ACC
the
position and put the transaxle in NEUTRAL
(N).
Front Towing
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipmentor fascia
damage will occur.
Use wheel-lift or car carrier equipment. Additional
ramping may be required for car carrier
equipment. Use safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from
vehicle to ground or
vehicle to wheel-lift
equipment. To help avoid damage, installa
towing dolly and raise thevehicle until adequate
clearance is obtained between the ground and/or
wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cables or J-hooks to
suspension componentswhen using car carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted in
the T-hook slots.
5-9
Attach T-hook chainsto the slots in the frame brackets, Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end
just aheadof the front wheels,on both sides.
of each lower control arm.
5-10
Rear Towing
. ,
.
~
=~
~~
~
Attach T-hook chains to slots
in the bottomof the floor
pan, just aheadof the rear wheels, on both sides.
5-11
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipment or rear
bumper valance will be damage&.
Use wheel-lift or car carrier equipment.
Additional ramping may be required for car
carrier equipment.
Use safety chains and wheel straps.
Dollies are required under the front wheels or
damage willoccur.
Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end
of each lower control arrn.
5-12
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gageor the warning
light about a hotengine on your Geo instrumentpanel.
i
CAUTION:
a
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
~
r
Steam from anoverheated engine canburn you
badly, even if you just open thehood. Stay away
from the engineif you see or hear steamcoming
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
from thevehicle until itcools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam orcoolant before
opening thehood.
If you keep drivingwhen your engineis
overheated, the liquids in it can catchfire. You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your engine
if
it overheats,and get out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
I NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because
you keep
driving with no coolant, your
vehicle can be
badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
5-13
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you
can drive. Just to
be safe, drive slowerfor about
If you get the overheat warning but
see or hear no
10 minutes. If the warning doesn’t come back
on,
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes you can drive normally.
the engine can get a little
too hot when you:
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
0 Climb a long hillon a hot day.
vehicle right away,
0 Stop after high-speed driving.
If there’s still no signof steam, you can idle the engine
for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to
see if
0 Idle for long periods in traffic.
the warning stops. But then, if you still have the
Tow a trailer.
warning, turn ofSthe engine andget everyone out of the
If you getthe overheat warning with no sign
of steam,
vehicle until it cools down.
try this for a minute so:
or
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
1. If you have an air conditioner,turn it off.
help right away.
2. Turn on your heater tofull hot at the highest fan
speed and open the window
as necessary.
3. If you’re in a trafficjam, shift to NEUTRAL(N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0)or
DRIVE (D) for automatic transaxles.
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
5-14
When you decide it's safe to lift the hood, here's what
you'll see:
I
A CAUTION: - .
,
""
I
.
An electric fan under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling
don't do anything else untilit cools down.
1. Coolant Recovery Tank
2. Radiator Pressure Cap
3. Electric Engine Fan (your Prizm has another electric
engine fan not pictured above located by the
passenger's side headlamp.)
5-15
The coolant level
should be ator above
FULL. If it isn’t, you
may have a leak
the radiator hoses,
heater hoses, radiator,
water pump or
somewhere elsein
the.cooling system.
’ A CAUTION:
b
*
..
i n .
~
Heater and radiatorhoses, and otherengine
partsp canbe veryhot. Don’t touch them..Ifyou
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run theengine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire,and you could be burned.
Get any leakfixed before you drive thevehicle.
NOTICE:
Engine damage .from running your engine
without coolantisn’t covered by your warranty.
.
If there seems to be no
leak, with the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine fans are running.
If the engine
is overheating, both fans should berunning. If they
aren’t, your vehicle needs service.
.
.
.',' -
.
I
.
.
.
.
,
.
.- :; .-
. .
I,
~,
',(
I*
, ,;
.3
.
'
"
I
,
'
,
.
; How.&Add Coolant to the Coolant
'
t
: ,
.,
.
,
..
.... - i
7
Recovery Tank
/.
-.
.
. ....
:
, :.
NOTICE:
.
,
If you haven't founda problem yet, but the coolant level
isn't at FULL, add a 50/50 mixture of dean water
(prefera'bly distilled) and a proper antifreeze at the coolant
recovery tank.(See "Engine Coolant" in the Index for
more infomation about the proper coolantmix.)
. . ? '.+.
.i .i...,. ,i.'jf?
' *x_.. .
.,..
-2
." . ~ . & & A & e'.:
I - .
In cold weather, water canfreeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
Use the recommended coolantand the proper
coolant mix.
.
A CAUTION:
. . . .
..
I
,
,
,.-"I
: , ;.
1
.
.'
. -.* ,
.;+1"
,:
:;
: -,:j
I
: .. ,
. .:
.
. .1.:
7 _
Adding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plainwater,. or some other
liquid likealcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle's coolant warning
mix. With
system is set for the proper coolant
plain water or the wrongmix, your enginecoulfl
get too hot butyou .wouldn't get the overheat
warning. Yo.ur engine could catch fire
and you or
others could be burned.Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water anda proper antifreeze.
;,:,;-
?t<,r:*::.'l.r
'
. .
.
.
.
.
.I
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant inthe coolant recovery tankis at
FULL, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there's one more
thing you can try. Youcan add the proper coolant mix
directly to the radiator, but be sure the
cooling system is
cool before youdo it.
5-18
I
Steam andscalding liquids froma hot cooling
system canblow out and burnyou badly. They
are underpressure, and if you turn the radiator
pressure cap even a little they can come out
at high speed.Never turn the capwhen the
cooling system, including theradiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and
radiator pressure cap tocool if you ever haveto
turn thepressure cap.
--
--
5-19
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now push
down as youturn it. Remove the pressure cap.
1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the
cooling-system, including the radiator pr&sure cap
and
upper radiator hose, is
no longer hot.Turn the pressure
cap slowly counterclockwise until frst
it stops. (Don't
press down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear ahiss, wait for that to stop.A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
5-20
. . , ....
4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to FULL.
5 . Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
3. Fill the radiator with the propermix, up to the base
of the filler neck.
leave the radiator pressure cap off.
5-21
.
6. Start the engine and letit run until you can feel'the
. upper radiator hose getting hot.Watch out for the
engine fans.
7. By this time the coolant level inside the radiator
..
filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the propermix through the filler neck until
the level reaches the base
of the filler neck.
I
8. Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during
this procedure if coolant begins
to flow outof the
filler neck, reinstall the pressure cap. Be sure the
arrows on the pressure capline up like this.
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goesflat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while
you’re driving,
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
especially if you maintain your tires properly.
If air goes
warning flashers.
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you shouldever have a “blowout,” here are a few
tips about what toexpect and what to do:
d?+,
CAUTNN:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your off
footthe
accelerator pedal andgrip the steering wheel firmly.
Changing a tireause
an injury. The 7 licle
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to can slipoff the jack androll overyou or other
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
people. You and they couldbe badly injured.
To help
Find a level place to change your tire.
A rear blowout, particularlyon a curve, acts much like a
skid and may requirethe same correction you’d use in a
prevent thevehicle from.moving:
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your
foot from the
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control
by
2. Put an automatic transaxle
shift lever in
steering the way you want
the vehicle to go. It may be
PARK (P), or shift a manual transaxle to
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R).
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
3. Turn off the engine.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
To be even more certain thevehicle won’t move,
jacking equipment to change flat
a tire safely.
of the
you can put blocksat the front and rear
tire farthestaway from theone being changed.
That would be the tireon the otherside of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.
. ^
5-23
Removing the Spare Tire andTools
I....
The following steps will tell you how
to use the jack and
change atire.
5-24
The equipment you’ll needis in thetrunk.
Move the carpet from the top of the spare tire cover.
Then remove the cover over the spare tire.
*
*
Turn the knob and remove it.
Pull out the. spare tire.See "Compact Spare Tire"
later in this section for more information about the
compact spare.
Remove the wheel wrench,
jack and jack handle from
the trunk.
The jack is under a coveron ,the right sideof the trunk.
Remove the coyer, thenturn the jack screw to remove
the jack from the clamps.
',
The tools you'll beusing ,include thejack (A), jack
handle (B) and wheel wrench(C).
,.
,
5-25
’
.
Attach the jack handle to the jack. Turn the jack handle Remove the wheel cover, if your vehicle is equipped
to ‘the
right
to
raise
the
lift head.
with
one,
by
using
the
flat end of the
wheel
wrench.
Pry
along the edgeof the wheel cover untilit comes off. Be
careful; therim edges may be sharp. Don’t
try to remove
it with your bare hands.
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
2. Insert theflat end of the wheel wrench into the slot
to remove the center cap,if your vehicleis equipped
with one. Pry the cap off.
1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
Don’t remove them yet.
,
5-27
I
A CAUTION:
Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slipsoff the jack, you
could be badly injuredor killed. Never get under
a vehicle whenit is supported only by a jack.
3. Position thejack and raise thejack lift head untilit
fits firmly into the notches closest to the flat tire.
(Under the vehicle near each wheel, there are bosses
in the vehicle’s rocker flange.)
The jack head groovefits the rocker flange forward
of the boss in the front; rearward
of the boss in
the rear.
5-28
I
6. Remove any rust ordirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
.
spare
wheel.
NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle with thejack improperly
positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow
the vehicle to falloff the jack.Be sure tofit the
jack lift head into theproper location before
raising yourvehicle.
4. Raise the vehicleby rotating the jack handle clockwise.
Raise the vehiclefar enough off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire to fit.
5 . Remove all the wheel
nuts and takeoff the
flat tire.
1 A CAUTION:
Rust or dirton the wheel, or on the partsto
which it is fastened, can make thewheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. Whenyou change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places
the
where the wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a papertowel
to do this;but be sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rust or
dirt off.
5-29
Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts. If you
do, the nuts might come loose.
Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
7. Replace the wheel
nuts with the
rounded endof
the nuts towardthe
wheel. Tighten
each nutby hand
until the wheel
is held against
the hub.
5-30
8. Lower the vehicleby turning thejack handle
counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
I
9. Tighten the wheel
nuts firmly in
NOTICE:
a criss-cross
sequence as shown.
A CAUTION:
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened
wheel nuts cancause the wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could leadto an accident.
Be sure to use the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, be sure toget new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhereas soon as you can andhave
the nutstightened with a torque wrench to
100 lb-ft (140 Nom).
Improperly tightened wheel nuts canlead to
brake pulsation and rotordamage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the propersequence and to the proper
torque specification.
Don’t try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare
tire. It won’t fit. Storethe wheel cover in thetrunk until
you have the flat tire repairedor replaced.
.
NOTICE:
Wheel covers won’t fit on your compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover
or thespare.
5-31
,
Storing the Fiat or Spare Tire and Tools
Stcl .ng ajack, a tire'or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. Ina sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all. these
in the properplace.
4
I
3
1. Jack
2. Spare or Flat Tire
3. ToolBag
4. Jack Handle
Replace thejack, jack handle, wheel wrench and
flat or
spare tire. Make sure the tool bag
is stored securely
under the tire to help prevent rattles.
'
\
Compact Spare Tire
on other vehicles.
Don’t use your compact spare
Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with
your vehicle was new,
it can lose air after a time. Check other wheels or tires. They won’tfit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
the inflation pressure regularly. It should 60
be psi
(420 P a ) .
After installingthe compact spare on your vehicle, you
should stop as soonas possible and make sure your
spare tire is correctly inflated.The compact spare is
made to perform well at posted speed limits for
distances up to3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can
finish your trip and have your full-size tire repaired or
replaced whereyou want. Of course, it’s best to replace
your spare with a full-size tireas soon as you can. Your
you
spare will last longer and be in good shape in case
need it again.
NOTICE:
Tire chainswon’t fit your compact spare.Using
them can damage yourvehicle and can damage
the chainstoo. Don’t usetire chainson your
compact spare.
I
I NOTICE:
When the compact spareis installed, don’t take
your vehicle through an automatic car
wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can
get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire wheel,
and
of your vehicle.
and maybe other parts
5-33
1f.You’reStuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is
to spin your wheels too fast.
The method known as
“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
’ ’A
CAUTION:’
,
.*
Spinning yourwheels can destroyparts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin thewheels
too fast while shifting your transaxle backand
forth, you can destroyyour transaxle.
,
5
If you let your tires spinat high speed, they can
explode, and you or otherscould be injured. And,
the transaxle or other parts
of the vehicle can
overheat. That could causean engine
compartment fireor other damage. Whenyou’re
stuck, spin thewheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 kmlh) as shown
on thespeedometer.
5-34
NOTICE:
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out
A
AUTION:
First, turn your steering wheel
left and right.That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
(R)and a forward gear
and forth between REVERSE
The recovery hooks, when used, are undera lot of
(or with a manual transaxle, betweenFIRST (1) or
force. Always pull the vehicle straight out. Never
SECOND (2) and REVERSE (R)), spinningthe wheels
pull on the hooksat a sideways angle. The hooks
as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal while
could break off and you or otherscould be
you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
injured from the chain or cable snapping
back.
when the transaxleis in gear. If that doesn’t get you out
after a few tries, you may need to be towed out. Or, you
can use your recovery hooks.If you do needto be towed
out, see “Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Using the Recovery Hooks
Your vehicle is equipped with recovery hooks.
The
recovery hooks are provided at the
front of your vehicle.
They can onlybe used for pulling your vehicle out.
v
NOTICE:
Never use the recovery hooksto tow the vehicle.
Your vehicle could be damaged and itwould not
be covered by warranty.
5-35
NOTES
5-36
Gem Section 6
Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the care
of your Geo.
Doing Your Own Service Work
This section begins with service and fuel information, and
then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant If you want to do some of your ownservice work, you’ll
want to get the proper Geo Service Manual. It tells you
levels. There is also technical information about your
much more about how to service your Geo than this
its appearance care.
vehicle, and a part devoted to
manual can. To order the proper service manual,see
“Service and Owner Publications”
in the Index.
Service
Your Chevrolet/Geo dealer knows your vehicle best and
wants you to be happy with it.
We hope you’ll go to
your dealerfor all your service needs. You’ll get
genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported
service people.
We hope you’ll wantto keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have one
of these marks:
Your vehicle has anair bag system. Before attempting
to do your own service work, see “Servicing Your
Air Bag-Equipped Geo” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and
list the mileage and
the date of any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record” the
in Index.
-
;
You can be injured and your vehicle could be
damaged if you try
to do service work on a
vehicle without ,knowing enough about it.
0 Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, and the proper replacement
parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
otherfasteners.“English”.and6Cmetric”
fasteners can be easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or falloff. You could be hurt.
Fuel
~
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated 87
at octane or
gher. At a minimum,it should meet specifications
ASTM D4814 in the United States and CGSB 3.5-M93
in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have been
weloped by the American Automobile Manufacturers
Association (AAMA)for better vehicle performance
and engine protection. Gasolines meeting the
AAMA
,
I
6-2
“
,
specification could provide improved driveability and
emission control system protection compared to
other gasolines.
‘.
Be sure the posted octane
is at least87. If the octaneis
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough,it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated 87
at octane or higher and you
still hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But
don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when you’re
hill. aThat’s normal, and you don’t
accelerating or driving up
have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid of pinging. It’s
heavy, constant knock that means you have a problem.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label),
it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California
specifications. If such fuels are not available
in states
adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle
will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal
specifications, but emission control system ,performance
may be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp
qn
your instrument panel may
turn on and/or your vehicle
may fail asmog-check test. If this occurs, returnto
your authorized Chevrolet/Geo dealer for diagnosis
to determine’the causeof failure. In the eventit is
determined that the cause
of the condition isthe -typeof
fuels used, repairs may not be covered by your warranty.
In Canada, some gasolines contain an octane-enhancing Fuels in Foreign Countries
additive calledMMT. If you use suchfuels, your
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
emission control system performance may deteriorate
fuel may be hard
United States or Canada, the proper
and the malfunction indicator lampon your instrument
to find. Never use leaded gasoline
or any other fuel not
panel may turn on. If this happens, return to your
recommended in the previous texton fuel. Costly repairs
authorized Chevrolet/Geo dealerfor service.
caused by use ofimproper fuel wouldn’t be covered
by
To provide cleaner air,all gasolines are now required to your warranty.
contain additives that will help prevent deposits from
To check on fuel availability, ask
an auto club, or
forming in yourengine and fuel system, allowing your
emission control system to function properly. Therefore, contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
you should not have to add anything the
to fuel. In
addition, gasolines containing oxygenates, such as
You can also writeus at the following address
for
ethers and ethanol, and reformulated gasolines may be advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
available in your area to help clean
the air. General
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Motors recommends that you use these gasolines
if they
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation,
comply with the specifications described earlier.
North American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
NOTICE:
~~~~~~
~
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t useit. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
6-3
Remote Fuel Door Release Lever
Filling Your Tank
1
The fuel door release lever
is near the floor to the left
of the driver’s seat.
I
..
The cap is behind a hinged dooron the driver’s sideof
your vehicle.
I
A CAUTION:
* ’
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
6-4
*,UTION*Tont’nxred)
- - -
quickly. This spray canhappell t ybulBtank is
nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Open
the fuel filler cap slowly and wait for any“hiss”
noise to stop. Then unscrew the cap all the way.
. .
:
i
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfacesas soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Geo” in the Index.
While refueling, hang the cap inside the fuel door.
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the
left
(cou--’-:rclockwise).
A CAUTION:
If you get gasoline on yourself
and then something
ignites it, you could bebadly burned. Gasoline can
spray out onyou if you open the fuel fillercap too
CAUTION: (Continued)
When you put the cap backon, turn it to the right until
you hear atleast three clicks. Make sure you fully install
the cap.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure toget the right
type. Your dealer can get one for
you. If you get
the wrong type, it may not or
fit have proper
venting, and your fuel tank and emissions system
might be damaged.
Checking Things Under the Hood
Hood Release
To open the hood, first pull
the release handle inside the
vehicle. It’s on the bottom
portion of the instrument
panel to the leftof the
steering wheel.
Then go tothe front of the vehicle. Release the
secondary hood releaseby pushing up on thelever near
the middleof the hood.
6-6
A CAUTION:
‘I
An electric fan under the hood* can start
up and
injure you even when the engine is not running.
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
Lift the hood, release the hood prop frdm its retainer and
put the hoodprop .into the slotin the hood.
6-7
When you open the hood ona 1.6L (Code 6 ) or a 1.8L (Code 8) engine with anti-lock brakes, you'll see:
..
"
x
c
t
A.
B.
C.
D.
Vehicle equipped with anti-lock brakes shown, vehicle not equipped with anti-lock brakes similar
Windshield Washer Reservoir
E. Engine
Cooling
Fans
I. Brake
Fluid
Reservoir
Engine Oil Dipstick
F. Radiator
Pressure
Cap
J. Battery
Oil Fill Cap
G. Engine Coolant Reservoir
K. Engine Compartment Fuse
Power SteeringBlocks
ReservoirCleaner H. Air
A CAUTION:
Things that burn can
get on hot engineparts and
start a fire. These include liquids like
gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washerand
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned.Be careful not to dropor spill
things thatwill burn ontoa hot engine.
Before closingthe hood, be sure all the
filler caps are
on properly.
Engine Oil
If the engine oil pressure
light on the instrument
panel comeson, it means
you needto check your
engine oil level rightaway,
For more infomation, see “Engine Oil Pressure Light”
in the Index. You should check your engine oil level
regularly; this isan added reminder.
It’s a goodidea to check your engine oil
every time you
get fuel.In order to get an accurate reading, theoil must
be warm and the vehicle must be
on level ground.
6-9
I The ennine oil
Checking Engine Oil
dipstici is located in
the rearof the engine
compartment, on the
passenger’s side. The
dipstick handle is a
yellow loop.
Pull out the dipstick
and cleanit with a
paper towel or cloth,
then pushit back in
all the way. Remove
it again, keeping the
tip down, and check
the level.
...
lurn off the engine andgive the oil a few minutes to
drain back intothe oil pan. If you don’t, theoil dipstick
might not show the actual level.
When to Add Oil
If the oil is ator below the “L” mark, then you’ll need to
add some oil. But you must use the right kind. This part
explains what kindof oil to use. For crankcase capacity,
see “Capacities and Specifications” in the Index.
6-10
I NOTICE:
I
What Kind of Oil to Use
Oils recommended for your vehicle canbe identified by
looking for the “Starburst” symbol. This symbol
Don’t add too much oil.
If your engine has
by the American
indicates that the oil has been certified
so much oil that the oil level gets above the
Petroleum Institute(API). Do not use anyoil which
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
operating
range,
your
engine
could
be
damaged.
If you changeyour
own oil, be sure you
use oil that has the
The engine oil fill cap is
Starburst symbol
located near the back
of the
on
the front of the
engine compartment, on the
oil container.
passenger’s side.
1
I
-
If you have your oil changedfor you, be sure the oil
put into yourengine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
Just fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the
proper operating range. Push the dipstick
all the way
back in when you’re through.
6-11
You should also use the proper viscosityoil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following charts:
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMI AND COLD STARNN6, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY H E OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
HOT
WEATHER
PRERRREO
r
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-12
As shown in the chart, if you have a1.8L (Code 8)
engine, S A E 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However,
you canuse S A E 1OW-30 if it’s going to be0°F
(- 18°C) or above. These numberson an oil container
Do not use other
show its viscosity, or thickness.
viscosity oils, such as S A E 2OW-50.
I
I
RECOMMENDED
VISCOSITY
SAE
GRADE
ENGINE
OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE [email protected]
SAEVISCOSITYGRADEOIL
FOR THEEXPECTEDTEMPERATURERANGE.
WOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
HOT
WEATHER
+loo- - +38
+BO-
I
I
As shown in the chart, if you have a 1.6L (Code6)
engine, SAE 1OW-30 is best for your vehicle. However,
you can useSAE 5W-30 if it’s going to be colder than
60°F (16”C) before your nextoil change. When it’s
very cold, you should useSAE 5W-30. These numbers
on an oil container show its viscosity,
or thickness. Do
no use other viscosityoils, such as SAE 20W-50.
1 NOTICE:
UseonlyengineoilwiththeAmericanPetroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines “Starburst
symbol. Failure to use, the recommended
oil
can result in engine damage not covered by
your warranty.
- +27
+60- - +16
+40- - + 4
+20---7
0---18
/
\
GM [email protected] meets all the requirementsfor
your vehicle.
SAEi W - 3 0
Engine Oil Additives
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE2OW.50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your Chevrolet/Geo
dealer is ready to adviseif you think something should
be added.
6-13
When to Change Engine Oil
What to Do with Used Oil
See if any one of these is true
for you:
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy
for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don’t let used
oil stay on yourskin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner.
Wash or properly throw
away clothingor rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
Most trips include extensive idling (suchas frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
0
Most trips are through dusty areas.
The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
Driving under these conditions causes engine
oil to
break down sooner.If any one of these is true for your
vehicle, then you need to change your
oil and filter
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs first.
If none of themis true, changeoil and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 months -- whichever
occurs first. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine
oil
to break down slower.
6-14
Used oil can be a real threat the
to environment. If you
change your ownoil, be sure to drain all free-flowing
oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever dispose
of oil
by putting it in the trash, pouringit on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodiesof water. Instead,
recycle it by takingit to a place‘that collects used oil.
If
you have a problem properly disposing
of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station
or a local recycling
center for help.
Air Cleaner
To check or replace the filter:
The air cleaner andfilter are on the driver’s side
of the
engine compartment.
1. Release the four clips that holdthe cover down.
2. Lift the cover off.
3. Pull out the air filter.
6-15
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to Automatic
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services”in the Index.
I
A CAUTION:
Operating the engine withthe air cleaner off can
cause you or others tobe burned. The air cleaner
not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if the engine
backfires. If it isn’t there, and the engine backfires,
you could be burned. Don’t drive with it off, and
be careful working on the engine withthe air
cleaner off.
NOTICE:
If the air cleaneris off, a backfire can causea
damaging engine fire.
And, dirt can easily get
into yourengine, which will damage it. Always
have theair cleaner in place when you’re driving.
6-16
Transaxle Fluid
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
level is when the engine oilis changed.
Change fluid in the transaxle and differential every
15,000 miles (25 000 km)if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90°F (32”C) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
When doing frequent trailer towing.
Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle underany of these
conditions, check the fluid.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services”in the Index.
How to Check
Because this operationcan be alittle difficult, you
may choose to have thisdone at your Chevrolet/Geo
dealership Service Department.
If you do it yourself,be sure to follow all the instructions
here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is180°F to 200°F
(82°C to 93°C).
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km)when outside temperatures are above50°F
(10°C). If it's colder than50°F (lO"C), you may
have to drive longer.
Checking the Fluid Level
0 Park your vehicleon a level place. Keep the engine
running.
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
0 With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
in PARK (P).
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, starting
a fire. Be sure
0 With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift
to get an accurate reading if you check your
lever through each gear range, pausing
for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shif
transaxle fluid.
lever in PARK (P).
0 Let the engine run at idle
for three to five minutes.
Wait atleast 30 minutes before checkingthe transaxle
fluid level if you have been driving:
0 When outside temperatures are above
90" F (32"C).
0 At high speed for quite a while.
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
0 While pulling a trailer.
NOTICE:
6-17
Then, without shuttingoff the engine, follow these steps:
1. Release the tab and pull out the dipstick and wipe
it
with a clean rag or papertowel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pull it back out again.
I
6-18
dipstick backin all the way.
How to Add Fluid
Manual Transaxle Fluid
Refer tothe Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids andLubricants” in the Index.
When to Check
If the fluid levelis low, add only enoughof the proper
fluid to bring the levelinto the area between dimples
on
the dipstick.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the
dipstick hole to bring
it to the proper level.
It doesn’t take muchfluid, generally less than a pint
(0.5 L). Don’t overfill. We recommend you use only
fluid labeled [email protected],because fluid with that
label is made especiallyfor your automatic transaxle.
Damage causedby fluid other thanDEXRON-I11 is not
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as
described under “How to Check.”
When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back inall the way.
A good time to have it checked is whenthe engine oil is
changed. However, the fluid in your manual transaxle
doesn’t require changing.
How to Check
Because this operation canbe difficult, you may choose
to have this done at your Chevrolet/Geo dealership
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could getfalse
a reading.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
of the
transaxle. Too much can mean that some
fluid could come out and fall on
hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, starting a fire.
Be sure
to get an accurate readingyou
if check your
transaxle fluid.
6-19
Check the fluid level only when your engine off,
is the
Hydraulic Clutch
vehicle is parked on a level place and the transaxle is
The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is
cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the
self-adjusting. The clutch master cylinder reservoir is
transaxle case.
filled with hydraulic clutch fluid.
Then, follow these steps:
It isn’t a good idea to
“top off’ your clutch fluid. Adding
1. Remove the filler plug.
fluid won’t correct a leak.
2. Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom
of
A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem.
the filler plug hole.
Have the system inspected and repaired.
3. If the fluid level is good, install the plug and
be sure
When to Check and What to Use
it is fully seated.If the fluid level is low, add more
fluid as described in the next steps.
How to Add Fluid
Here’s how to add fluid. Refer to the Maintenance
Schedule to determine what kind
of fluid to use. See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add only enough
fluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom
of the
filler plug hole.
3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the plugis fully seated.
6-20
Refer tothe Malnrenance Schedule to determine how
often you should check the fluid level in your clutch
master cylinder reservoir and
for the proper fluid. See
“Owner Checks and Services” and “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in
the Index.
How to Check
Check to make sure that
the fluid levelis at the MIN
mark. If the level is belowthe MIN mark, see the
instructions on the reservoir cap.
Engine Coolant
What to Use
Use a mixtureof one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and one-half antifreeze that meets GM
Specification 1825-M, which won’t damage aluminum
to
parts. You can also use a recycled coolant conforming
GM Specification 1825-M with a complete coolant flush
md refill. Use GM Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer)
:GM Part No. 3634621) with any complete coolant
:hange. If you use this mixture, you don’t need to add
mything else.
A
The following explains your cooling system and how to
CAUTION:
add coolant when it is low.If you have a problem with
engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in
Adding only plain water to your
cooling system
the Index.
can be dangerous. Plain water,or some other
A 50/50 mixture of water and the proper coolant
for
liquid likealcohol, can boil before the proper
your Geo will:
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant
mix. With
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
plain water or the wrongmix, your engine could
Give boiling protection up to 265
“F (129”C).
get too hotbut you wouldn’t get the overheat
Protect against rust and corrosion.
warning. Your engine could catch fire
and you or
others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
water and the proper
antifreeze.
Let the warning lights and gages workas
they should.
6-21
Checking Coolant
NOTICE:
If you use an improper coolant mix, your engine
could overheat and be badly damaged. The repair
cost wouldn't be covered byyour warranty. Too
much water in the mix can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
I
~
~~~~~
If you use the proper coolant,you don't have to
add extra inhibitors or additives
which claim to
improve thesystem. These canbe harmful.
When your engine is cold, the coolant level should be at
LOW, or a little higher. When your engine warm,
is
the
level should be up toFULL, or a little higher.
Adding Coolant
If you need morecoolant, add the proper mix
at the
coolant recovery tank.
6-22
I A CAUTION:
b
Radiator Pressure Cap
lhrning the radiator pressure cap
when the
engine and radiator are hot can
allow steamand
scalding liquids toblow out and burnyou badly.
With thecoolant recoverytank, you will almost
never have toadd coolant at the radiator.
Never turn the radiator pressure capeven a
little when the engine and radiator arehot.
--
--
Add coolant mix at the recovery tank, but be
careful not
to spill it.
NOTICE:
Your radiator capis a 15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap and mustbe tightly installedto
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating. Be sure the arrowson the cap
line up with the overflow
tube on the radiator
filler neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure
cap, an AC'
cap is recommended.
A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol,
and it will burn if the engineparts arehot
enough. Don't spill coolant ona hot engine.
6-23
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperatureis controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system.
The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an
[email protected]
is recommended.
Power SteeringFluid
6-24
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
Windshield Washer Fluid
Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with
a clean rag.
What to Use
Replace the cap and completely tighten it. Then remove
When you need windshield washerfluid, be sure to read
the cap again and look at thefluid level on the dipstick.
If you will be
the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When the engine compartment is hot, the level
operating your vehicle in an area where
the temperature
should be betweenthe HOT marks.
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
When the engine compartment is cool, the level
should be betweenthe COLD marks.
Adding Washer Fluid
What to Use
Refer tothe Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
NOTICE:
When adding power steering fluid or making a
complete fluid change, always use the proper
fluid. Failureto use the proper fluid can cause
leaks and damage hoses and seals.
If you do not have anti-lock brakes, your windshield washer
fluid tank looks like this. Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full.
6-25
NOTICE:
0
0
0
0
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution freeze
to
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washersystem. Also,
water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank
only
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion, whichcould damage
the tankif it is completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
6-26
If you have anti-lockbrakes, your windshield washer
fluid tank lookslike this. Openthe cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the floatthe
in tank
shows thatit is full.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top
off’ your brake fluid.
If you add fluid
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.
when your liningsare worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when youget new brake linings.You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work
is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
’!
LI
CAUTION:
you have too much brame fluid, it can
spill on
the engine. The fluid will burn if the engine
is hot
enough. You or others could be burned, and your
vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only
when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
IL
Your brake master cylinder reservoiris here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the When your brake fluidfalls to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on.See “Brake System Warning
reservoir might go down. Thefrst is that the brake fluid
Light” in the Index.
goes down to an acceptable level duringnormal brake
lining wear. When new linings are putin, the fluid level
goes back up. The other reasonis that fluid is leaking out
of the brake system.If it is, you should have your brake
system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well, or won’t work all.
at
6-27
What toAdd
When you do need brake
fluid, use only DOT-3 brake
fluid -- such as Delco Supreme
11 (GM Part
No. 1052535).Use new brake fluidfrom a sealed
container only, and always clean the brake fluid
servoir cap before removing it.
@
--
CAUTION:
the wrong kindof fluid in yourbrake
system, your brakes may not workwell, or they
may not even work at all. This could cause a
.’Always usethe proper brake
fluid.
-..
I
.
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in yourbrake system can damagebrake
system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Dm%let someone put in the
wrong kindof fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be ..
damaged. Be careful not tospill brake fluid
on yourvehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately, See “Appearance Care”in
the Index.
Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes are
first applied or lightly
Your Geo hasfront disc brakes and rear drum brakes.
applied. This does not mean something is wrong with
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a your brakes.
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are
Free movement of brake calipers and properly torqued
worn and new pads are needed. The sound may come and wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation.
go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except When tires are rotated, inspect brake calipers for
firmly).
when you are pushing on the brake pedal
movement, brake pads for wear, and evenly torque
wheel nuts in proper sequence toGM specifications.
Brake Wear
A CAUTION:
-
The brake wear warning sound means that
sooner or later your brakes won’t
work well.
That could lead to an accident.
When you hear
the brake wear warning sound, have your
vehicle serviced.
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators, butif
you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear
brake linings inspected.Also, the rear brakedrums should
be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed
for rotation or changing. When you have the front brakes
replaced, have the rear brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced
as complete
axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
NOTICE:
I
See your dealerif the brake pedal does not return to
normal height,or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This couldbe a signof brake trouble.
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could resultin costly brake repair.
6-29
Brake Adjustment
Battery
Every time you make a moderate brake stop, your disc Every new Geo hasa Delco [email protected] battery.You
brakes adjust for wear. If you rarely make a moderate or never have to add water to one
of these. When it’s time
heavier stop, then your brakes might not adjust correctly.
for a new battery, we recommend a Delco Freedom
If you drive in that way, then
-- very carefully -- make
battery. Get one that has the replacement number shown
every 1,000 miles
a few moderate brake stops about
on the original battery’s label.
(1 600 km), so your brakes will adjust properly.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle
25 days
for or more,
The braking system on a modem vehicle is complex. Its take off the black, negative(-) cable from the battery.This
many parts have to be of top quality and work well together
if
will help keep your battery from running down.
the vehicle is to have really good braking. Vehicles we design
and test have top-q&ty GM brake parts in them, as your
Geo does when itis new. When you replace partsof your
CAUTION:
braking system-- for example, when your brake linings wear
down and you have
to have new ones put--inbe sure you get
Batteries have acid that can burn you
and gas that
new genuine GM replacement parts.If you don’t, your
can explode. You can be badly hurt ifyou aren’t
brakes may no longer work properly. For example,
if
careful. See “Jump Starting’’ in the Index for tips
someone putsin brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes can on working arounda battery without getting hurt.
change -- for the worse. The braking performance you’ve
in many other ways if someone
come to expect can change
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
for longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent
Feature” in the Index.
IA
6-30
Bulb Replacement
Headlamps
See “Replacement Bulbs”in the Index to check the size
and type of bulb you need to use.
Halogen Bulbs
;
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and
can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others couldbe injured..Besure to read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.
1. Open the hood.
2. If you’re replacing a driver’sside headlamp bulb,
you need to removethe air duct behindthe
headlamp assembly.
Pry up on the centerof the plasticclip and pull
it out.
Pull out the outer partof the plastic clip.
’
0
Remove the air duct.
6-31
4. Turn the lock ring assembly counterclockwise.
(It doesn’t comeoff.)
5. Pull the bulb socketout of tl ’ .lsing.
6. Pull the connector apartto remove the
bulb assembly.
7. Reverse the steps with a new bulb assembly.
Remember to replace theair duct if you replaced the
driver’s side bulb.
Slide the outer part of the plasticclip into
the hole.
0 Then push in the centerof the clip.
3. Reach behind the headlamp assembly and find the
lock ring assembly.
6-32
Front Sidemarker Lamps
Front limn Signal Lamps
of the
1. Remove the screw in the parking lamp lens and
1. Remove the screw near the top outside
headlamp assembly.
remove the parking lamp assembly.
2. Remove the sidemarker assembly. There is a snap-in 2. Remove the screw fromthe turn signal assembly.
connector in the assembly, so you may have topry
3. Pull on the rear edge
of the assembly and slidethe
carefully on the inside edgeof the assembly to
assembly towardthe rear to removeit.
remove it.
pull the
3. Turn the bulb socket clockwise and then
bulb straight out.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
6-33
Parking Lamps
4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out.
5. Push the bulb in, turn it counterclockwise and pull
it out.
6. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
6-34
1. Remove the screw near the top outside part
of the
headlamp assembly.
is a
2. Remove the parking lamp assembly. There
snap-in connector at the
front of the assembly,so
you may have to pry carefully on the inside edge
of
the assembly to remove it.
._-.
3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pullthe
bulb straight out.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
The combination lamp assembly includes the
taillamp/stoplamp, turn signal and sidemarker bulbs.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Remove the two bolts from the lens assembly.
3. Remove the trunk trim.
0 Move the carpet.
0 Loosen the two clips onthe trunk trim near the
trunk opening. Pop theclips out.
Pull the trunk trim away from the
*sar of the trunk.
6-35
4. Remove the nut fromthe stud near the rear cornerof
the trunk.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly. There
is a snap-in connector in the assembly, so you may
have to pull carefully on the inside edge
of the
assembly to remove it.
6. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull
it out.
7. For the tail/stop or turn signal lamps, push
the bulb
in, turn it counterclockwise and pull it out. For the
sidemarker bulb, pullit straight out.
8. Reverse the steps witha new bulb.
6-36
Back-up Lamps
Tires
We don’t make tires.Your new ueo comes with
high-quality tires madeby a leading tire manufacturer.
If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and
where to obtain service,see your Geo Warranty booklet
for details.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Remove the trimon the trunk lid (if your vehicle is
so equipped).
3. Remove the screw from the back-up lamp.
4. Pull the bulb housing assembly through the opening
in the trunk lid.
5. Push the bulbin, turn it counterclockwise and pull it out.
6. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires
are dangerous.
Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out and a serious
accident. See “LoadingYour Vehicle” in
the Index.
CAUTION: (Continued)
6-37
CAUTION: (Continued)
0
0
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
could cause serious injury. Check all tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
when yourtires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely to be
cut, punctured or broken by a sudden
impact such as when you hit a pothole.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your
tread is badly worn,or if your tires have
been damaged,replace them.
--
0
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tellyou that underinflation or
overinflationis all right. It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enoughair (underinflation),you can
get the following:
0 Too much flexing
0 Too much heat
0 Tire overloading
0 Bad wear
0 Bad handling
0 Bad fuel economy.
If your tires have too much air (overinflation),
you can get the following:
0 Unusual wear
0 Bad handling
0 Rough ride
0 Needless damage from road hazards.
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or more.
Don’t forget your compact spare tire.
It should be at
60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage
to check tire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by lookingat them. Radialtires may look
properly inflated even when
they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.
dirt and moisture.
They help prevent leaks by keeping out
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be inspected every
6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 O00 to 13 000 km) for any signs of unusual wear.
If unusual wearis present, rotate your tires as soon as
possible and check wheel alignment. Also check
for
damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Timefor New
Tires” and “Wheel Replacement”later in this sectionfor
more information.
The purposeof regular rotationis to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. Thefirst
rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index
for scheduled
rotation intervals.
When rotating yourtires, always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
Don’t include the compact sparetire in your tire rotation.
6-39
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the
front and
rear inflation pressures as shown
on the Tire-Loading
all wheel nuts are
Information label. Make certain that
properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”in
the Index.
R,,t or airt on a w t J , or on the parts to
which
it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come off and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from
places where thewheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but
be
sure touse a scraper orwire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt
off. (See
‘‘Changing a Flat Tire” in the
Index.)
6-40
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s
time for new tiresis to
check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire if any
of the following-statements
are true:
You can see the indicatorsat three or more places
around the tire.
0 You can see cord or fabric showing through the
tire’s rubber.
0 The tread or sidewall is cracked, cutor snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
0 The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
The tire has a.puncture,cut or other damage that
can’t be repaired well because
of the size or location
of the damage.
I.;
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and
size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
Make sure the replacementsare the samesize, load
range, speed rating andconstruction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as youroriginal tires.
A CAUTION:
Mixing tires could cause you
to lose control while
driving. If you mix tiresof different sizes or types
(radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle
may not
handle properly, and you could have a crash.
Using tiresof different sizesmay also cause
damage to your vehicle. Be sure to use the same
size and type tires on
all wheels.
It’s all right to drive with your compact spare,
though. It was developedfor use on your vehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system
developed by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires
by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United
States.) The
grades are molded on the sidewalls
of most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system
does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare
tires, tires with
nominal rimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
While thetires available on General Motors passenger
cars andlight trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must alsoconfonn to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Treadwear
The treadwear gradeis a comparative rating based on
the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlled
conditions ona specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one anda half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course
as a tire
graded 100.The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to variation
in driving habits, service practices and differences
in
road characteristics and climate.
6-41
--
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
Traction A, B, C
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
A, B, and
C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop
on wet
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
pavement as measured under controlled conditionson
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
and best overall performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels
on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not
aligned again. However,if you notice unusual tire wear
include cornering (turning) traction.
or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your
Temperature A, B, C
vehicle
vibrating
when
driving
on a smooth road, your
The temperature grades areA (the highest), B, and C,
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation
of
heat andits ability to dissipate heat when tested under
Wheel Replacement
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
Replace any wheel thatis bent, cracked, or badly rusted
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andor corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
wheel leaks air, replaceit (except some aluminum
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired).
See your
which all passenger car tires must meet under the
Chevrolet/Geo dealer if any of theseconditions exist.
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades
B and A represent higher levelsof performance on the
Your dealer will know the kind
of wheel you need.
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required
by law.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
Warning: The temperature gradefor this tire is
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not
same way as the one
it replaces.
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
--
6-42
If you need toreplace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts.This way, you will be sure to have
the right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for your
Geo model.
Using the wrongr,,lac,-nent wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
It could affectthe braking andhandling of your
vehicle, make your tireslose air and makeyou
lose control. You could havea collision in which
you or otherscould be injured. Always use the
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for replacement.
NOTICE:
The wrongwheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp aim,bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and chassis.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index
for more
information.
Used Replacement Wheels
A CAUTION:
- - - Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used or
how many miles it’s been driven. It could fail
suddenly andcause an accident. If you have to
replace a wheel, use anew GM original
equipment wheel.
6-43
Tire Chains
I NOTICE:
Use tire chainsonly where legal and only when
you must. Use only SAE Class “S” type chains
that are the proper
size for yourtires. Install
them on the front tires and
tighten themas
tightly as possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions. If you can hear the
chains contacting yourvehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,slow down until it
stops. Driving too fast or spinning thewheels
with chainson will damage yourvehicle.
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazaraous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part
of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
Geo, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings and
instructions. And always open your doors
or windows
when you’re cleaning the inside.
6-44
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
PaintThinner
Turpentine
LacquerThinner
0
Nail Polish Remover
They can all be hazardous-- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
Don’t use anyof these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
0
0
0
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
Bleach
ReducingAgents
Cleaning the Insideof Your Geo
Using Foam-Type Cleaneron Fabric
Use a vacuum cleaner often
to get ridof dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinylor leather with a clean, damp cloth.
1. Vacuum and brushthe area to remove any
Your Chevroiet/Geo dealer has two GMcleaners, a
solvent-type spot lifter and a foam-type powdered
cleaner. They will clean normalspots and stains very
well. Do not use them on vinyl
or leather.
2. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch
or welt lines.
Here are some cleaning tips:
4. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
5 . Don’t saturatethe material.
6 . Don’t rub it roughly.
e Always readthe instructions onthe cleaner label.
e Clean up stainsas soon as youcan -- before they set.
e Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to
clean
a
area often.A soft brush may be used if stains
are stubborn.
e Use solvent-type cleanersin a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturate
the stained area.
e If a ring forms after spot
cleaning, clean the entire
area immediatelyor it willset.
loose dirt.
3. Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following
the directions on the container label.
7. As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, usea sponge
to remove the suds.
8. Rinse the section with clean,
a
wet sponge.
9. Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper
towel or cloth.
10. Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer.
11. Wipe with a clean cloth.
6-45
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Special Cleaning Problems
First, seeif you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all. Greasy or Oily Stains
off better withjust
Some spots and stains will clean
Stains causedby grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe
water and mild soap.
polish, coffeewith cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
If you need to usea solvent:
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon,
tar and asphalt can
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with be removed as follows:
a clean, dull knifeor scraper. Use verylittle cleaner,
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
light pressure and clean cloths (preferably
2. Follow the solvent-type instructions described earlier.
cheesecloth). Cleaning shouldstart at the outsideof
the stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep
3. Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if
changing toa clean sectionof the cloth.
left ona vehicle’s seat fabric. They shouldbe removed
as soon as possible. Be carefbl, because the cleaner
e When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
will dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
dry the area witha blow dryer to help prevent
a
cleaning ring.
Fabric Protection
Your Geo has upholstery that has been treated with
Scotchgad” Fabric Protector,a 3M product. It protects
fabrics by repelling oil and water, which are the carriers
of most stains. Even with this protection, you
still need
to clean your upholstery often to keep
it looking new.
Further information on cleaning is available
by calling
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
6-46
Non-Greasy Stains
Cleaning Vinyl
Stains causedby catsup, coffee (black),egg, fruit, fruit
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt.You
be removed as follows:
may have to do it more than once.
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
0 Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain
if
soiled area withcool water.
you don’t get themoff quickly. Use a clean cloth and
2. If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
a GM VinylLeather Cleaner or equivalent product.
described earlier.
Cleaning Leather
3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap o
treat the area with waterbaking
a
soda solution:
saddle soap.
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
For stubborn stains, use a GM Vinylbeather Cleaner
or equivalent product.
4. If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
Combination Stains
on leather.
cleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish
Stains caused by candy,
ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
Soiled leather should be cleaned immediately.
sauce and unknownstains can be removed as follows:
If dirt is allowed to work into the
finish, it can
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with
harm the leather.
cool water and allow to dry.
0 If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
6-47
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only-mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones
or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult
to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Cleaningthe Built-Ir Chi1 R itraint
Your built-in child restraint may be clc ea with mild
soap and lukewarm water. Don’t use household cleaners.
They may weaken the harness or damage plastic parts.
The built-in child restraint padis attached to the child
restraint cushion and seatback with fastener strips.
You
can remove the pad, machine wash
it in cold water ona
gentle cycle and tumble
dry it on a low heat setting.
Never bleach or iron the pad, and don’t dry clean it.
Care of Safety Belts and Built-in
Child Restraint Harness
Keep the safety belts and
the built-in child restraint
harness clean anddry.
6-48
A CAUTION:
Do not bleachor dye safety belts or the built-in
child restraint harness. If you do, they may be
severely weakened. In a crash, they might not be
able to provide adequate protection. Clean the
safety belts and the child restraint harness only
with mild soap and lukewarm water.
I
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often.
GM Glass Cleaner (GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches.Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not
be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outsideof the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, orif the wiper blade chatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outsideof the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami [email protected](GM Part
No. 1050011). The windshield is cleanif beads do not
form when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth
soaked in full-strength windshield washer solvent.
Then rinse the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checkedon a regular basis and
replaced when worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth
at least every six
months. During verycold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
Cleaning the Outsideof Your Geo
The paint finishon your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best wayto preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep it
clean by washing it oftenwith lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in
the direct raysof the sun.
Don’t use strong soapsor chemical detergents. Use
liquid hand, dish orcar washing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acidor abrasives, All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the surface, or they could stain.
Dry the finish with a
cotton towel to avoid
soft, clean chamois or 100%
a
surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
6-49
Finish Care
’
Occasional waxing or mild polishingof your Geo by
hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials”
in the Index.)
Your Geo has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish. The
clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored
basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive ind made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish.
I NOTICE:
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfacesare subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their tol1,over a
period of years. You can help to keep the paint finish
looking new by keeping your Geo garaged
or covered
whenever possible.
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
A wax
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel.
may then be applied.
The surfaceof these wheels is similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because
you could
dull the
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may
damage the surface.
finish or leave swirl marks.
1
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, roadoil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys,
etc., can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain
on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicleas soon as possible.If
6-50
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash
that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
brushes can also damage the surface
of these wheels.
Tires
Sheet Metal Damage
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
If your vehicleis damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion materialto the parts repairedor
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care
to
wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted
surfaces on the body
or wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based productsmay damage the
paint finish.
Finish Damage
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratchescan be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areasof finish damage canbe corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
6-51
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
Chemicals usedfor ice and snow removal and dust
control can collect on the underbody.
If these are not
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the
underbody parts such asfuel lines, frame, floor pan
and exhaust system even though they have
corrosion protection.
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create
a chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants
can fall upon
and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This
damage can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
the paint surface.
At least every spring,
flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect.
Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody
car washing system cando
this for you.
Although no defect in the paint
job causes this,
Chevrolet/Geo will repair, at no charge
to the owner, the
surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout
condition within12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
of purchase, whichever occurs first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
6-53
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Engine Identification
The eighth character in your
VIN is the engine code.
This code will help you identify your engine,
specifications and replacement parts.
SAMPLE4UXTM072675
kd
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll find this label on your spare tire cover. It’s very
helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this label is:
0
your VIN,
the model designation,
This is the legal identifier
for your Geo. It appears on a
plate in the front
comer of the instrument panel, on the
driver’s side.You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates
of title and registration.
paint information, and
a list of all production options and special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
0
Electrical System
Add-on Ele -?it
1 E ---lipment
I NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electricalto your Geo unless
you check with your dealer first. Some electrical
equipment can damage your vehicle and the
damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
components from workingas they should.
Headlamps
The headlamp wiringis protected by a circuit breaker.
An electrical overload will cause the lamps
to go on and
off, or in some casesto remain off. If this happens, have
your headlamp wiring checked right away.
Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motoris protected by a circuit
breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats
due to heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools.
If
the overload is caused by some electrical problem, and
not snow, etc., be sure to getit fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting toCircuit breakers protect the power windows and other
power accessories. When the current load is too heavy,
add anythingelectrical to your Geo, see “Servicing Your
the circuit breaker opens andcloses, protecting the
Air Bag-Equipped Geo”in the Index.
circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away.
6-55
.
\ ,
.
t' _ _
,
Driver's Side Instrument Panel Fuse Block
uses and,Circuit Breakers
' '
i
'
,
!I
I
'.
The wiring circuitsin your vehicle are proteciedfrom
short circuits by fuses, circuit breakers and fusible.
thehal links in' the wiring itself. This greatly reduces
the chance of fires caused by electrica1,problerhs.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse witha new one of the correct size.
If you.ever have .a problem on the road and don't have
a
spare fuse, you can borrow one. Just pick some feature
of your vehicle that youcanget along without-- like the
radio or air conditioner-- and useits fuse, if it is of the
vklue you need. Replace it-as soon as you can.
~ e f o r replacing
e
a fuse, turnevery vehicle electrical
switch off.. '
'\
.
*.
.
,
. ;..
. .,+ .:
. . . .
. \.
. ..
",
Your fuseblock is
beneath the instrument
panel on!'the driver's
side. For accessto the
fuses, pull theknob on
the cover.
'
'
~~,
'
s..
1. Not Used
2. IGN: Multiport Fuel Injection System, Sequential
Multiport Fuel Injection System, Engine Cooling
Fans, Discharge Warning Light, Airbags
..
3. STOP: Stoplamps, High-Mounted Stoplamp, Cruise
Control System, Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock System, Anti-Lock Brake System
4. Not Used
5 . CIG and RADIO: Cigarette Lighter, Digital Clock
Display, Air ConditioningSystem, Radio, Cassette
Tape Player, Power Rear View Mirrors, Automatic
Transmission Shift Lock System, Theft-Deterrent
System, Airbags
9. TAIL: Taillamps, Parking Lamps, License Plate
Lamps, Instrument Panel Lights, Daytime Running
Lamp System
10. DEF-I/UP: Multiport Fuel Injection System,
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
11. ECU-IG: Starting System, Anti-Lock Brake
System, Automatic Transmission Shift Lock System
12. WIPER: Windshield Wipers and Washer,
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
6. ECU-B: Daytime Running Lamp System, Cruise
Control System
A. OBD: On-Board Diagnosis System
7. TURN: Turn Signal Lamps, Emergency Flashers
B. P/W: Power Windows, Power Door Lock System,
,
Electric Sun Roof
8. GAGE: Gages and Meters, Service Reminder
C. DEFOG: Rear Window Defogger
Indicators (except discharge and open door warning
lights), Back-up Lamps, Air Conditioning System,
Daytime Running Lamp System, Electronically
Controlled Automatic Transmission System
6-57
Engine CompartmentFuse Block
Most of your fuses are in the fuse block. Some arein two
electrical centers in your engine compartment. These
electrical centers, plusa component center behind your
glove box, also have relays, circuit breakers and other
electrical components. The larger electrical center in the
engine compartment hasa fuse puller attached to
the inside
of the cover. You can use the pullerto remove any fuses.
2. HAZ-HORN: Emergency Flashers, Horns
3. AM 2: Starting System
4. FAN: Electric Cooling Fan
5. SPARE: Spare Fuse
6. SPARE: Spare Fuse
7. SPARE: Spare Fuse
8. ALT-S: Chr --*--2
System
9. DRL: Daytime Running Lamp System
'Oommm
10. EFI: Multiport Fuel Injection System, Sequential
Multiport Fuel Injection System, Electronically
Controlled Automatic Transmission System
a. AM 1: Starting System, Airbags
b. ALT Taillamps
c. ABS: Anti-Lock Brake System
A.HORN
I
U
I---
1. DOME: Interior Lamp, Luggage Compartment
Lamp, Trunk Lamp, Clock, Open Door Warning
Lamp, Radio, Cassette Tape Player, Anti-Lock
Brake Warning System
6-58
B. FANNO. 1
C. ENGINE MAIN
D.HEAD
E.EFI
Engine Compartment Fuse Block (Passenger’s Side)
Engine Compartment Fuse/Relay Block
4
1. CDS
1. DRL NO. 2
2. ACMG
2. HEAD (LH-UPR): Left-Hand Headlamp
(high beam)
3. HEAD (LH-LWR): Left-Hand Headlamp
3. AC FAN NO. 3:
Air Conditioner Fan Relay #3
4. AC FAN NO. 2:
Air ConditionerFan Relay #2
(low beam)
4. HEAD (RH-UPR): Right-Hand Headlamp
(high beam)
5 . HEAD (RH-LWR): Right-Hand Headlamp
(low beam)
Passenger SideKick Panel
(2j
0’
1. A/C: Air Conditioning System
2. 40 A: Air Conditioning System
6-60
There is one fuse located underneath the carpet on the
passenger’s sideof the vehicle:
1
1. ABS: Anti-Lock Brake System
Replacement Bulbs
Number
Bulb
Back-up ...............................
1156
Headlamp (High Beam) ................... 9005
GM Part No . 94853786 or equivalent
Headlamp (Low Beam) ................... 9006
GM Part No . 94853787 or equivalent
Center High-Mounted Stop ................. 921
Stoplamp ................................
74
LicensePlate ............................
168
ParkingLamp ............................
168
GM Part No . 14245289 or equivalent
Bulb
Number
Sidemarker
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
168
Rear ..................................
Tail/Stop .............................
2057
Turn Signal
Front ................................
1156
GM Part No . 9428904
2057
Rear .................................
6-61
Capacities and Specifications
Engine
Replacement Parts
Type ....................................
L4
Compression Ratio .......................
9.5: 1
Firingorder ..........................
1-3-4-2
Fuel Delivery ........... Multi-Port Fuel Injection
Piston Displacement
VIN Engine Code6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 CID (1.6L)
VINEngine Code 8 ............. 108 CID (1.8L)
ValveArrangement ........ Double Overhead Cam
Thermostat Temperature
Specification ...................180°F (82°C)
Air Cleaner Filter ..........GM Part No. 94853522
35-60
Battery ................................
Engine Oil Filter ...... ; ... GM Part No. 94849664
Fuel Filter ................GM Part No. 94854620
PCVValve ...............GM Part No. 94853556
Radiator Pressure Cap ........... 15 psi (105 kPa)
. . . .... GM Part No. 94853696
Spark Plug ..
0.031 inch (0.8 mm) gap.
- - - -
Wheel Nuts
Wheel Nut Torque
6-62
- -
- -
76 lb-ft (103Nem)
Capacities (Approximate)
The following approximate capacities are given U.S.
in and metric conversions.
Air Conditioning? . . . See the refrigerant information
Crankcase
label under the hood.
VIN Engine Code 6
Automatic Transaxle
Oil Change With Filter* ...... 3.2 quarts (3.0 L)
3-Speed .................. 2.6 quarts (2.5 L) **
Oil Change Without Filter* ... 3.0 quarts (2.8 L)
4-Speed .................. 3.5 quarts (3.3 L) **
Vin Engine Code8
Differential (3-speed only) . . , . 1.5 quarts (1.4 L)
Oil Change With Filter* ...... 3.9 quarts (3.7L)
Cooling System
Oil Change Without Filter* ... 3.7 quarts (3.5 L)
Manual Transaxle
Fuel Tank ................... 13.2 gallons(50L)
VIN Engine Code 6 ......... 6.3 quarts (6.0L)
Manual Transaxle............ 2.7 quarts (2.6 L)**
VIN Engine Code 8 ......... 6.6 quarts (6.2 L)
? See “Air Conditioning Refrigerants” later in
Automatic Transaxle
this section.
VIN Engine Code 6 .
. 6.2 quarts (5.9 L)
* When changing theoil filter, additional oil may be
VIN Engine Code 8 .
. 6.4 quarts (6.1 L)
needed. Recheck the oil level after filling. See “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
** Recheck fluid level after filling.See “Automatic
Transaxle Fluid” or “Manual Transaxle
Fluid” in the Index.
6-63
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase .............. 97.1 inches (2 465 m)
Tread
Front ......... ...... 57.5 inches (1 460 mm)
.... 57.1 inches (1 450 mm)
Rear ...........
Length ................ 173.0 inches (4 395 mm)
Width .................. 66.3 inches (1 685 mm)
Height .................. 53.3 inches (1 355 mm)
6-64
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the
same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant
is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
NOTES
6-65
NOTES
~-
GL
-
Section 7 MaintenanceSchedule
Introduction
IMPORTANT:
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LEVEL AND CHANGE P
RECOMMENDED
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep
your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
This section covers the maintenance requiredfor your
affect the qualityof the air we breathe. Improper fluid
Geo. Your vehicle needs these services to retain
its
levels or the wrong
tire inflation can increasethe level
safety, dependability and emission control performance. of emissions from your vehicle.
To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
u
n
r
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your
Warranty andOwner Assistance booklet, or your Geo
dealer for details.
7-1
How This Section is Organized
The remainder of this sectionis divided intofive parts:
“Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices” shows
what to have done and how often. Some
of these
services canbe complex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified
service centerdo these jobs.
Performing maintenanc, work on a vehicle can
be dangerous.In tryingto do some jobs, you can
be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance
work only if you have the requiredknow-how
and the propertools and equipment for the job.
If you have any doubt, have
a qualified
technician do the work.
If you are skilled enough todo some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
“Part B: Owner Checks and Services” tells you what
should be checked whenever you stop for fuel.
It also
explains what you can easily
do to help keep your
vehicle in good condition.
“Part C: Periodic MaintenanceInspections’’
explains important inspections that your Geo dealer’s
service department or another qualified service center
should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
lists some productsGM recommends to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained.These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether
you do the work
yourself or haveit done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record”provides a place for
you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenanceis performed, be
sure to write it down in thispart. This will help you
determine when your next maintenance should be done.
In addition, itis a good ideato keep your maintenance
receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle
for
warranty repairs.
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed
in
Part D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses
these. All parts should be replaced andall necessary
repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle.
These schedulesare for vehicles that:
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know
carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
exactly how you’ll drive it.You may drive very short
distances only a few times a week.
Or you may drive
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading Your
long distancesall the time in very hot, dusty weather.
Vehicle” in the Index.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries.
Or
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
you may drive it to work,to do errands or in many
driving limits.
other ways.
use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel”in the Index.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
You may even need
Selecting the Right Schedule
more frequent checks and replacements than you’ll find
First you’ll need to decide which
of the two schedulesis
in the schedulesin this section.So please read this
right for your vehicle. Here’s howto decide which
section and note how you drive. If you have any
schedule to follow:
questions on how to
keep your vehiclein good
condition, see your Geo dealer.
This part tells youthe maintenance services you should
have done and when you should schedule them.
If you
go to your dealerfor your serviceneeds, you’ll know
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-3
Maintenance Schedule
I
I
TriplCity
Short
Definition
~~
~~
Short TriplCity Intervals
~
Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if any Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
one of these conditionsis true for your vehicle:
Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Chassis Lubrication
0 Most trips are less than5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
(or 6 months, whichever occurs first), Tire Rotation.
Air
This is particularly important when outside
Cleaner Filter Inspection,if driving in dusty conditions.
temperatures are below freezing.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Fluid Change (severe conditionsonly). Automatic
0 Most trips include extensive idling (suchas frequent
Transaxle
Fluid Check (normal conditions).
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Most trips are through dusty areas.
Replacement. Spark Plug Replacement. Fuel Tank,
0 You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top
of
Cap, Cap Gasket and Lines Inspection (or every
24
your vehicle.
months, whichever occursfist). Manual Transaxle
Fluid
Change (severe conditions only) (or every
24
If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
months, whichever occurs first). Cooling System
or other commercial application.
Service (or every 24 months, whichever occursfirst).
One of the reasonsyou should follow this schedule if
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Valve Clearance
you operate your vehicle under anyof these conditions
Inspection, adjustif necessary (or every48 months,
is that these conditionscause engine oil to break
whichever occurs first). Timing Belt Replacement
(or
down sooner.
every 72 months, whichever occurs first). Evaporative
Emissions Canister Inspection (or every
72 months,
whichever occursfirst).
7-4
Maintenance Schedule
I
I
Trip/City
Intervals
Short
____
~
~~
~~
~
~~~
At 60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Or 48 Months,
Whichever Occurs First) Then Every
15,000 Miles (25000 km) (Or 12 Months
Whichever Occurs First):Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
These intervals only summarize maintenanceservices.
Be sure tofollow the complete maintenance scheduleon
the following pages.
--
Follow this maintenance schedule
only if none of the
conditions from the Short Trip/City Maintenance
Schedule is true.
Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under
highway conditions causes engine oil to break
down slower.
7-5
Maintenance Schedule
;
-. .
I
.I
,
d
Every 7,500 Miles (12500 km):Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
' Chassis Lubrication (or every12 months, 'whichever
occurs first). Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (25000 km): Automatic Transaxle
. ,Fluid Change (severe conditions only). Automatic
Transaxle Fluid Check (normal conditions).
Every. 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Spark Plug
Replacement. Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. Fuel
Tank, Cap, CapGasket-andLines Inspection (or every
24 months, whichever occurs first). Manual Transaxle
Fluid Change (severe conditions only). (or every
24 months, whichever occurs first). Cooling System
Service (or every 24 months; whichever occurs first).
Every 60,000 Miles (100000 km):Valve Clearance
Inspection, adjust if necessary
(or every 48 months,
whichever occurs first). Evaporative Emissions
CanisterInspection (or every 72 months,whichever
occurs first). Timing Belt Replacement (or every
72 months, whichever occursfirst),
At 60,000 Miles (100000 km)(or 48 Months,
Whichever Occurs First) ThenEvery
.
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)(or 12 Months, '
Whichever Occurs First):Engine Accessory
Diive Belt Inspection.
These intervals only summarize maintenance
sepices.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance scheduleon
the following pages.
.
'
--
I
;
.
.
-.
I
Shqrt Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
3,000 Miles (5000 km)
The services shownin this schedule up to100,000miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals.
Footnotes
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An EmissionControl Service.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warrantyor limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life.We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
7-7
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every
0Change engine oiland filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. Duringtire rotation,
check brakecalipers for freedom of movement.
Refer to theappropriate GM service manualfor
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replace filter if necessary.
I
An Emission Control Service.
I
7-8
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY: I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Index for proper rotation pattern and
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brake calipers for freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriate GM service manual for
proper caliper service procedures.
Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0Change automatic transaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000miles (25 000 km) if the
vehicle is mainly driven under oneor more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where theoutside
temperature regularlyreaches 90OF
(32 O C) or higher.
(Continued)
An Emission Control Service.
7-9
I Short “‘rip/City Maintenance Schedule I
15,000 Miles (25 000 km) (Continued)
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of
these conditions, check thefluid.
18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlSewice.
0 Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriate GM service manualfor
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission ControlService.
DATE
7-10
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
ISERVICED BY: I
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0 Change engine oil and filter (or
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlService.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation patternq d
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brakecalipers for freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manual for
proper caliperservice~procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are drivingin
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission ControlService. ?
DATE
ACTUALMILEAGE
BE
I
ISERVICED
I.
\
7-11
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
:27,000Miles (45,000km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
.
I
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission &ontrol.Service.
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage(or
every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
Replace spark plugs. .
An Emission Control Service.
,
0Replace air cleanerfilter (or eveiy
'
24 months, whichever occurs first).
An 'Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket and lines
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
7-12
'
SERVICED BY:
for damage or leaks (or every24 months,
parts as
whichever. occurs first). Replace
needed. An Emission Control Service.
Short Trip/City Maintenance’ Schedule
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
(or every 24months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for
what to use.Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure
test cooling system andpressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.
0Change manual transaxle fluid every
30,000 miles (50 000 km)only if your
vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
0Change automatic transaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) if the
vehicle is mainly driven under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90°F
(32 C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under anyof
these conditions, check the fluid.
O
I
I
Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0 lange engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact pointsand linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfist).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. Duringtire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manualfor
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An’Emission Control Service.
I
ACTUALMILEAGESERVICED
7-14
BY:
I
I
I
DATE
I
ACTUALMILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY:
I
1
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
39,000 Miles (65000 km)
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlService.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Lubricate the parking.brake cable guides,
underbody contact points andlinkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation”
in the Index for proper rotation pattern and
additional information. Durhg tire rotation,
check brakecalipers for freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manual for
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions’. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission ControlService. f
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
I
1
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
3
BYJ
7-15
Short TripdCity Maintenance Schedule
I
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as foundin taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not useyour vehicle under anyof
these conditions, check the fluid.
3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Change automatic transaxle and differential
.
.
.
fluid every 15,000miles (25 000 km)if the
vehicle is mainly driven under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where .the outside
temperature regularly reaches90OF
. . (32 C) or higher.
O
DATE
~
7-16
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
I
I
Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Index for proper rotation pattern and
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brake calipers for freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriate GM service manual for
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replace filter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
ACTUAL MILEAGE
DATE
I
I
I
SERVICED BY:
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY: I
I
7-17
I ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule I
57,000 Miles (95000 km)
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Change engine oil andfilter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriate GM service manual for
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. -f-
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY:^ I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or
every 48 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service,
0Replace air cleanerfilter (or every
24 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
.
.i
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manualfor proper
caliper service procedures.
0Inspect for tappet noiseand engine
vibration, adjust valve clearance to factory
specifications if necessary (or every
72 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket and lines
for damage or leaks (or every24 months,
whichever occurs first).Replace parts as
needed. An Emission Control Service.
Replace timing belt (or every72 months,
whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-19
.
'wShortTrip/CityMaintenance Schedule
i,
.
60,000 Miles (100 000 km).(Corttinued)
'
0Inspect evaporative emissions canister for
.
..
~
damage or clogging (or every 72 months,
whichever occurs first). Clean with
compressed air or replace
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0Drain, flush andrefill cooling system
I
I
(or every24 months, whichever occurs
first). See "Engine Coolant" in the Indexfor
what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. ;Pressure
test cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission ControlService..f
0Change manual transaxle fluid every
30,000 miles (50 000 km) only if your
vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
7-20
0Change automatic transaxle and differential..
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) if the .d
vehicle is mainly driven under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90 "F
(32 O C)
higher.
or
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle underany of
these conditions, check the fluid.
I
I
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manual for
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. 3-
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-21
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
69,000 Miles (115000 km)
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlService.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspectionand Rotation”
in the Index for proper rotation pattern and
additional information. Duringtire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manualfor
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are drivingin
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission ControlService.
I
DATE
7 33
I
ACTUALMILEAGE
JSERVICED
BY:I
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
1
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect engine accessory drive belts
(or 12 months since last inspection).
An Emission ControlService.
0Change automatic transaxle and differential
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of
these conditions, check the fluid.
-
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km)if the
vehicle is mainly driven under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 OF
(32O C) or higher.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-23
‘1
ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule
‘78,000Miles (130 000 km)
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
0 Change
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
‘
engine oil andfilter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
I
Cl Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
1
I
An Emission Control Service.
.underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Index for proper rotation pattern and
additional information.During tire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manual for
proper caliper service procedures.
.OInspect air cleaner filter if you are drivingin
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
,
An Emission Control Service.
,
DATE
7-24
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE. SERVICED BY:
1
Short, Wip/City Maintenance Schedule
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
Change engihe oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlService.
0 Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
I
87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlService.
I
underbody contact points and linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. During tire rotation,
check brakecalipers for freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manualfor
proper caliper service procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replace filter if necessary.
An Emission ControlService. $
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
~
SERVICED BY:
‘I
, ’
....
:
7-25
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or
every 12 months since last inspection).
An Emission Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
Replace aircleaner filter (or every
24 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank’,cap, cap gasket andlines
for damage or leaks (or every 24 months,
whichever occursfirst). Replace parts as
needed. An Emission Control Service. f
7-26
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers
for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manualfor proper
caliper service procedures.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant”in the Index for
what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure
test cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.
0Change manual transaxle fluid every
30,000 miles (50 000 km) only if your
vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
1
93,000 Miles (155000 km)
0Change au-tomatictransaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) if the
vehicle is mainly driven under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where theoutside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of
these conditions, check the fluid.
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
7
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-27
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
I
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage(or every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and
additional information. Duringtire rotation,
check brake calipersfor freedom of movement.
Refer to the appropriateGM service manualfor
proper caliperservice procedures.
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in
dusty conditions. Replacefilter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
7-28
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
I
LongTrip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule
1
7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
The services shown in this schedule
up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Footnotes
0Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warrantyor limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brakecalipers for
freedom of movement. Referto the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Sewice.
7-29
- ung TriplHighway Maintenance Schedule
’
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
17 Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipersfor
freedom of movement. Refer tothe
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
7-30
I
0Change automatictransaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) if the
vehicle is mainlydriven under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularlyreaches 90O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as foundin taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle underany of
these conditions, checkthe fluid.
LongTripiHighwayMaintenanceSchedule
~
1
22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire’Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer tothe
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
0Replace spark plugs.
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
U
BY
An Emission Control Service.
17 Replace air cleaner filter (or every
24 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-31
I
Long TriplHighway Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km) (Continued)
0Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket and lines
for damage orleaks (or every24 months,
whichever occurs first). Replace parts as
needed. An EmissionControl Service.
0Drain, flush andrefill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occursfirst).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Indexfor
what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure
test cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.
7-32
Change manual transaxlefluid every
30,000 miles (50 000 km) only if your
vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
0Change automatic transaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) if the
vehicle is mainly driven under oneor more
of these conditions:
-- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90 F
(32 C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
O
O
I LongTrip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule I
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under anyof
these conditions, check the fluid.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlSewice.
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
SERVICED BY:
7-33
I
Long TriplHighwy Maintenance Schedule I
45,000 Miles (75000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
Change automatic transaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) if the
vehicle is mainly driven under oneor more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90 O F
(32 O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequenttrailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of
these conditions, check the fluid.
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
I7 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” inthe Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brakecalipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I
7-34
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
(SERVICED BYJ
I
Long Trip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule
52,500 Miles (87500 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parkingbrake cable guides,
0Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manualfor proper
caliper service procedures.
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers
for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manualfor proper
caliper service procedures.
0Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or
every 48 months, whichever occursfirst).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-35
Long, Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
0Replace aircleaner filter (or every
24 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket and
lines for damage or leaks (or every
24 months, whichever occurs first).
Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
3-
0Inspect for tappet noise andengine
vibration, adjustvalve clearance to factory
specifications if necessary (or every
72 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect evaporative emissions canisterfor
damage or clogging (or every72 months,
whichever occurs first). Clean with
compressed air or replace
if necessary,
An Emission ControlService.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
(or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant”in the Index for
what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure
test cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission ControlService.
0Change manual transaxlefluid every
30,000 miles (50 000 km)only if your
vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
7-36
Long TriplHighway Maintenance Schedule
67,500Miles (112 500 km)
0Change.automatic transaxle and differential 0Change engineoil and filter (or every
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km)if the
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
vehicle i’s mainly driven under
one or more
of these Conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90oF
(32O C ) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain..
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as foundin taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of
these conditions, check the fluid.. .
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
undexbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers
for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
.
I LongTrip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule 1
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlSewice.
0Lubricate the parking brakecable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” inthe Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brakecalipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
0Inspect engine accessory drive belts
(or 12 months since last inspection).
An Emission Control Service.
7-38
0Change automatictransaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km)-ifthe
vehicle is mainly driven under oneor more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90°F
(32O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of
these conditions, check the fluid.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
rn
,
,
~
~
~~~~~~
Long TriplHighway Maintenance Schedule
1
82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
0Lubricate the parking brake cable guides,
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
underbody contact points and linkage (or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Replace spark plugs.
~~~~
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
~~
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
0Replace air cleaner filter (or every
24 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket and
lines for damage or leaks (or every
24 months, whichever occurs first).
Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-39
I LongTrip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule 1
90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued)
0Inspect engine accessorydrive belts
(or 12 months since last inspection).
An Emission Control Service.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occursfirst).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Indexfor
what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure
test cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.
7-40 -
~
0Change manual transaxle fluid every
30,000 miles (50 000 km) only if your
vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
0Change automatic transaxle and differential
fluid every 15,000 miles (25 000 km)if the
vehicle is mainly driven under oneor more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90°F
(32 C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
O
-
I Long TriplHighway Maintenance Schsdule
’
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of
these conditions,check
the, fluid.
. .
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspectionand
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotatian
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipersfor
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manualfor proper
caliper service procedures.
~~~
37,500 Miles (162 500 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the parking brake cable
guides,
underbody contact points and linkage(or
every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern ahd additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers
for
freedom of movement. Refer to. the
appropriate GM service manualfor proper
caliperserviceprocedures.
,
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Listed beloware owner checks and services which
should be performed at the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the windshield washer fluid levelin the
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid
if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the
Index for further details.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Hood Latch Operation Check
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown Pull the primary hood latch release handle inside the
vehicle. The secondary latch should keep the hood from
in Part D.
opening all the way when the primary latch is released.
Make sure the hood closes firmly.
See “Hood Release”
At Each Fuel Fill
in the Index for further details.
It is importantfor you or a service station attendant
to
pe~orm
these underhood checks at each
fuelfill.
At Least Once a Month
Engine Oil Level Check
Check the engine oil level and add
the proper oil
if necessary. See “EngineOil” in the Index for
further details.
Engine Coolant Level Check
Check the engine coolant level and add the proper
coolant mix if necessary. See “Engine Coolant” in the
Index for further details.
7-42
Tire Inflation Check
Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures.
See “Tires” in the Index
for further details.
Cassette Deck Service
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems” in the
Index for further details.
Automatic Transaxle Check
Check the transaxle fluid level; add
if needed. See
Restraint System Check
“Automatic Transaxle”in the Index. A fluid loss
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light and all your
may indicate a problem: Check the system and repair
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are if needed.
working properly. Lookfor any other loose or damaged
At Least Once a Year
safety belt system parts.
If you see anything that might
keep a safety belt system from ‘doing
its job, have it
Key Lock Cylinders Service
repaired. Have any tornor frayed safety belts replaced.
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
specified in PartD.
have them repairedor replaced. The air bag system
should be inspectedby a qualified technician 10 years
Seat OperationChc _I;
from the manufacture date on the Certification label.
Make sure h e heaa restraints stay in position and all
After 10 years from the manufacturedate, have the
seat latches lock. Check that the fecliner holds
by
system inspected every24 months. (The Certification
pushing and pulling the seatback while
it is reclined.
label is located on the rearedge of the driver’s door.)
At Least Twice a Year
Fluid Level Check
Check the power steering pump, hydraulic clutch and
automatic or manual transaxle fluid levels and add as
needed. See “Power Steering,” “Hydraulic Clutch” and
“Automatic Transaxle” or “Manual Transaxle”in the
Index. A fluid loss in these systems could indicatea
problem. Have the system inspected and repaired at once.
Body Lubrication Service
Lubricate all body door hinges. Also lubricate all hinges
and latches, including those for the hood, rear
compartment and any folding seat hardware. Part
D tells
you what to use. More frequent lubrication may be
required when exposed toa corrosive environment.
Starter Switch Check
I
A CAUTION:
W,,,n you -re doing this check, the vehicle could
you or others could be
move suddenly. If it does,
injured. Follow the steps below.
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check
(Automatic Transaxle)
I A CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly.If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow thesteps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking
level surface.
Brake” in the Indexif necessary) and the regular brake.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
in the Index if necessary).
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
3. On automatic transaxle vehicles, try to start the
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL(N). If the starter works in
3. With the engineoff, turn the key to the ON position,
any other position, your vehicle needs service.
but don’t start the engine. Without applying the
On manual transaxle vehicles, put the shift lever in
regular brake, try to move the shift lever of
out
NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway and
PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
try to start the engine. The starter should work only
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the
needs service.
floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn’t
pushed all the way down, your vehicle needs service.
7-44
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
Steering Column Lock Check
While parked, and withthe parking brake set, try to turn
the key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
To check the parking brake: With the engine running
and transaxle in NEUTRAL(N), slowly removefoot
pressure fromthe regular brake pedal.Do this until
the vehicle is held
by the parking brake only.
To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
Shift to PARK (P). Then release all brakes.
With an automatic transaxle, the key should turn to
LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK (P).
With a manual transaxle, the key should turn to
LOCK only if you push the key in farther, while
turning it towards LOCK.
Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle
PARK (P)
Mechanism Check
/!\ CAUTION:
I
Underbody Flushing Service
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take
care to
clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris
can collect.
When you are doing this check, yourvehicle
could begin to move. You or others couldbe
injured and propertycould be damaged. Make
sure thereis room infront of your vehicle in case
it beginsto roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should thevehicle begin to move.
7-45
out-of-position partsas well as open seams, holes, loose
C O M ~ O I I S or other conditions which could cause a heat
build-up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into
Listed below are inspections and services which should the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust”in the Index.
be performedat least twice a year (for instance, each
Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection
spring and fall).You should let yourGM dealer’s
service departmentor other qualified service center do Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs are
cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect
all pipes,
completed at once.
fittings and clamps; replace as needed.
Proper procedures to perform these services may be
Throttle Linkage Inspection
found in a Geo Service Manual. See “Service and
Owner Publications” in the Index.
Inspect the throttle linkage
for interference or binding,
and for damage or missing parts. Replace parts as
Steering, Suspension and Front-Wheel-Drive
needed. Replace any cables that have high effort or
excessive wear.Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise
Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
control cables.
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
system for damaged, looseor missing parts, signsof
wear or lackof lubrication. Inspectthe power steering
lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc. Clean and then inspect the drive
axle boot seals for damage, tears
or leakage. Replace
seals if necessary.
Brake System Inspection
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition, Also inspect drum brake linings
for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
Exhaust System Inspection
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body nearCheck parking brake adjustment.You may need to have
if your driving habits
the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged, missing or your brakes inspected more often
or conditions result in frequent braking.
7-46
Part D: Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants
USAGE
Hydraulic Brake
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, System
part number or specification may be obtained from your
GM dealer.
Hydraulic Clutch
System
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Power Steering
Engine Oil
Engine oil with the American
System
Petroleum Institute Certified For
Gasoline Engines “Starburst”
Manual
symbol of the proper viscosity. To
Transaxle
determine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicle’s engine,see
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixtureof clean water
(preferably distilled) and good
quality ethylene glycol base
antifreeze (GM Part No. 1052753
or equivalent) conforming to
GM
Specification 1825M or approved
recycled coolant conforming to
GM Specification 1825M. See
“Engine Coolant” in the Index.
FLUIDlLUBRICANT
Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid
(GM Part No: 1052535 or
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
@
Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part
No. 12345347 or equivalent).
[email protected] Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
GM Goodwrench Synthetic
Manual Transmission Gear Oil
GM Part NO. 12346190 - 1 st.),
Castrol syntorq’ LT or equivalent
S A E 75W-90 GL-4 gear oil.
Automatic
Transaxle
Key Lock
Cylinders
[email protected] Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
Multi-PuoseLubricant,
Superlube% (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Manual
Transaxle Shift
Linkage
Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirementsof
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
7-47
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Clutch Linkage
Pivot Points
Lithium base grease.
Floor Shift
Linkage
Lubriplate Lubricant aerosol(GM
Part No. 12346293 or equivalent)
or lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI Grade2 Category LB or
GC-LB.
Chassis
Lubrication
Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirementsof
NLGI Grade 2, CategoryLB or
GC-LB.
Windshield
Washer Solvent
GM [email protected] Washer Solvent
(GMPart No. 1051515) or
equivalent.
Hood Latch
Assembly Pivots,
Spring Anchor
and Release
Pawl
Lubriplate lubricant aerosol(GM
Part No. 12346293 or equivalent)
or lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI Grade2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
USAGE
Hood and Door
Hinges
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Multi-puoselubricant,
Superlube
% (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Fuel Door Hinge Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant
(GM Part No. 1050109). and Rear
Compartment
Lid Hinges
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM
Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
See “ReplacementParts” in the Index for recommended
replacement filters and spark plugs.
Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the
date, odometer reading and who performed the service
in the boxes provided afterthe maintenance interval.
Any additional information from “Owner Checks and
Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added
on
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts.Your owner information portfolio
is a convenient place to store them.
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED
READING
DATE
BY
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
7-49
Maintenance Record
Maintenance Record
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED SERVICED
7-51
Maintenance Record
DATE
7-52
ODOMETER
READING
BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED SERVICED
Gem Section 8
CustomerAssistanceInformation
Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet/Geo
if
you need assistance. This section also tells you how to
obtain service publications and how to report any
safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
This section includes informationon:
0
The Customer Satisfaction Procedure
0
Customer Assistancefor Text Telephone (TTY) Users
0
Roadside Assistance
0
Courtesy Transportation
0
BBB Auto Line -- Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program
Reporting Safety Defects
Service and Owner Publications
0
0
I
8-1
.
.
I
I
..
.
.
.
Your satisfaction and goodwill are importantto your
'..: dealer and Chevrolet/Geo. Normally, any concern you
-".:'
. . may have with your vehicle can
be handled byyour
:';
selling or servicing dealer.Your dealer has the facility,
.
.trained technicians,-specialtaols and up-to-date
:. .: information to promptly addressany issue which may
. * .): arise. Chevrolet/Geo hasempowered'its dealers to make
' . any decisions and repair vehicles, and they are eager to
:-. resolve your concern to your complete satisfaction.
If
:, .. your concern has not been resolved
to ')',*.
your
. satisfaction,
.
. .
>., , *
following
the
steps:,
.
.. take
. ', ' .
,.,'I
,
,
)
.
:,
.'
*,
'
{,, '..:
,
'
..
.I
, . .' -
'
'2
4
...
STEP ONE -- Discuss your Concernwith a member of
:
dealer
,management.Normally, concerns can be quickly
.
. . . , . :.
. .
,.
resoived at that level.
If the matter has already been
. _ reviewed with theSales, SeMce or Parts Manager, contact
.
-.
": the owner of thedealership,or the General Manager.
STEP TWO -- If after'contacting a member of
;. dealership ,management,
it appears your concern
,', cannot be resolved by the dealership without further
.. .
help,-contactthe Chevrolet/Geo CustomerAssistance. '.
1 . :. Center.,by calling 1-8OO-222- 1020.In Canada, .
-. ; contact GM of Canada Customer Assistance Center
': in Oshawa by calling I-800-263-3777 (English) or
:lG.i: 1-800-263-7854 (French),
. . . .-..'
, '
_I
I.
y .
' . ' z.;:-:
!
'
"
s$,
,
-
,
.
',
I
I.
'
*
'
. . . ..
.
.
.
. .. . .
.
.
..
' I
I
,
.
...
.
,
8-2
.
.
..
,
For help outsideof the United States and Canada, call
the following numbersas appropriate:
0 In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
0 In Puerto Rico: 1--800-496-9992(English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
0 In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
0 In the Dominican Republic:1-800-75 1-41
35
(English) or 1-800-751-4136 (Spanish)
0 In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
0 In Bermuda, Barbados', Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1--800-534-0122
a In all other Caribbean countries:1-809-763-1315
0 In other overseas locations,call GM North American
Export Sales in Canada
at 1-905-644-4112
For prompt assistance, please have the following
information available to give the Customer
Assistance Representative:
0
Your name, address, home and business
telephone numbers
0
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registrationor title, or the plate at
the topleft of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
0
Dealership name and location
0
Vehicle deliverydate and present mileage
0
Nature of concern
We encourage you tocall us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However,if you wish to write
Chevrolet/Geo, write to:
Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information bookletfor addresses of Canadian and
GM Overseas offices.
When contacting Chevrolet/Geo, please remember that
your concern will likely be resolved
by the dealer, using
the dealer’sfacilities, equipment and personnel. That
is
why we suggest you followStep One first if you have
a concern.
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are
deaf, hard of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Chevrolet/Geo has TTY equipment available at its
Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user can
communicate with Chevrolet/Geoby dialing:
1-800-833-CHEV. (TTY users in Canada can dial
1-800-263-3830.)
8-3
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside
:Assistance .Program
Roadside Assistanceis available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-'800-CHEV-USA
(1-800-243-8872). This toll-free numberwill provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor
mechanical problems.If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, our advisors have access to
a nationwide networkof dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside membershipis free, however some
services may incur costs.
1
cr
I
Roadside offers two levelsof service to the customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy" Care:
0
Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
0
Free towing for warranty repairs
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
0
0
Available dealer services at reasonable costs (ie., wrecker
services, locksmith/key service, glass repair, etc.)
ROADSIDE Courtesy Care PROVIDES:
0 Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined above)
Plus:
0 FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from a legal roadway)
0 FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost
on the road or locked inside)
TM
To enhance Chevrolet/Geo's ,strong commitment to
customer satisfaction, Chevrolet/Geo
is excited to
announce the establishmentof the Chevrolet/Geo
Roadside Assistance Center. As the owner
of a 1996
Chevrolet/Geo, membershipin Roadside Assistance
is free.
8-4
0
FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road)
0
FREE Jump Start (at homeor on the road)
FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on
the road)
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportationfor
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Transportation willbe offered in conjunction with the
coverage provided bythe Bumper-to-Bumper New
Vehicle Limited Warrantyto eligible purchasers of 1996
Chevrolet/Geo passengercar and light duty trucks.
(Please see your selling dealerfor details.)
NOTE: Courtesy Careis available to Retail and Retail
Lease Customers operating 1996 and newer Chevrolet/Geo
vehicles for a period of 36 months/36,OOO miles,
whichever Occurs first.All Courtesy Care services mustbe
pre-arranged by Chevrolet/Geo Roadside or Dealer
Service Management.
Basic Care and Courtesy Care are not part ofor
included in the coverage provided by
the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo reserves the right
to
modify or discontinueBasic Care and Courtesy Care
at any time.
For complete program details,
see your Chevrolet/Geo
dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that
will provide you with quality and priority service. Whe
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
any payment obligations thatmay be incurred for
utilizing outside services.
For prompt assistance when calling, please have
the
following available togive to the advisor:
Vehicle Identification Number
License plate number
0
Vehiclecolor
Vehiclelocation
0
Telephone number where youcan be reached
Vehiclemileage
Description of problem
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure
inside your owner information portfolio
for full
program details.
Up to $10 daily fuel allowancefor rides provided by
another person (i.e.,friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu
Vehicles purchasedin Canada have an extensive
of rental for any overnight warranty repairup to
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
five days.
in Canada or the UnitedStates. Please refer to the
NOTE: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
separate brochure provided by the dealer
or call
will be administered by your Chevrolet/Geo dealer
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
service management. Claim amounts should reflect
all actual costs.
Courtesy Wansportation
0 Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation is not part
of
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportationfor
the Bumper-to-Bumper New Vehicle Limited
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo reserves the right to make
Transportation will be offeredin conjunction with the
any changes or discontinue Courtesy Transportation
coverage provided by the Bumper-to-Bumper New
at any time without notification.
Vehicle Limited Warrantyto retail purchasers of 1996
0 For additional program details, contact your
Chevrolet/Geo passenger cars and light duty trucks
Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
(please see your selling dealerfor details).
In Canada, please consult your
GM dealer for
Courtesy Transportation includes:
information on Courtesy Transportation.
One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair
Some state insurance regulations make
it impractical to
completed during the same day.
21 years of age. If you are
rent vehicles to people under
0 Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance for
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle,
any overnight warranty repair up to five days,
OR
Chevrolet/Geo will reimburse up to
$3O/day for
documented transportation you receive.
Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus, or other
transportation allowance in lieuof rental for any
overnight warranty repairup to five days, OR
Canadian Roadside Assistance
0
For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle
Coverage period inthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
interim transportation may be available under
the
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
dealer for details. The Roadside Assistance programis
available only in the United
States and Canada.
There may be instances where an impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
of the New
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist
in resolving these
disagreements, Chevrolet/Geo voluntarily participates
in
BBB AUTO LINE.
GM Participation inBBB AUTO
LINE -- Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program"
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle disputes between customers and automobile
manufacturers. This programis available free of charge
to customers who currently own lease
or a GM vehicle.
*This program may not be available in all states,
owners refer to your
depending on state law. Canadian
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet.
General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility
in
limitations and/or to discontinue its participation
this program.
Both Chevrolet/Geo and your Chevrolet/Geo dealer are
committed to making sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle.Our experience has shown that,if a
situation arises whereyou feel your concern has not been
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlierin this section is very successful.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
8-7
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
TO THE UNITED STATES
and a statementof the natureof your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and GOVERNMENT
other factors.
If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
Procedure before you resortto AUTO LINE, but you
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA),in addition to
may contact theBBB at any time. TheBBB will attempt
as an intermediary
to resolve the complaint serving
notifying General Motors.
between you and Chevrolet/Geo. If this mediation is
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
unsuccessful, an informal hearing will be scheduled
investigation, andif it finds that a safety defect exists in
where eligible customers may present their case to an a groupof vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
impartial third-party arbitrator.
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
The arbitrator will makea decision which you may
in individual problems between you, your dealer
or
accept or reject. If you accept the decision,
GM will be
General Motors.
bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
procedure should ordinarily take about
40 days from the
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393(or 366-0123 in the
time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
Some state lawsmay require you to use this program
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program
Washington, D.C. 20590
or in the courts. For further information, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Chevrolet/Geo Customer You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020.
8-8
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO Service and Owner Publications
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada,and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect,you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, OntarioKlG 3J2
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situationlike this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222-1020, or write: ..
Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, Michigan 48007-7047
In Canada, pleasecall us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manuals and
other service literature are available
for purchase for all
current and many past model General Motors vehicles.
Toll-free telephone numbersfor ordering information:
United States . . . . . 1-800-551-4123
Canada . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-668-5539
8-9
Service Manuals
Service manuals contain diagnostic and repair
information for all chassis and body systems. They
may be useful for owners who wish to get a greater
understanding of their vehicle. They are also useful
for
owners with the appropriate skill level or training who
wish to perform“do-it-yourself’ service. These are
authentic General Motors service manuals meant
for
professional, qualified technicians.
Service Bulletins
Service bulletins covering various subjects are regularly
sent to all General Motors dealerships.
GM monitors
product performancein the field. When service methods
are found which promote better service GM
on vehicles,
bulletins are createdto help the technician perform
better service. Service bulletins may involve any
8-10
number of vehicles. Some will describe inexpensive
service; others will describe expensive service. Some
will adviseof new or unexpected conditions, and others
may help avoid future costly repairs. Service bulletins
are meantfor qualified technicians. In some cases
bulletins refer to service manuals, specialized tools,
equipment and safety procedures necessary
to service
the vehicle. Since these bulletins are issued throughout
the model year and beyond, an index
is required and
published quarterly to help identify specific bulletins.
Subscriptions are available.You can order an index at
the toll-free numbers listed previously,
or ask a GM
dealer tosee an index or individual bulletin.
Owner Publications
Owner’s manuals, warranty folders and various owner
assistance booklets provide owners with general
operation and maintenance information.
Section 9 Index
A i r Bag ......................................
1.17
How Does it Restrain ..........................
1-21
How it Works ................................
1.
19
1-19
Location ....................................
1 .18. 2.45
Readiness Light .........................
1-22
Servicing ...................................
What Makes it Inflate..........................
1-20
What Will You See Afterit Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
When Should it Inflate .........................
1-20
6-15
Air Cleaner ....................................
3-2
AirConditioning ................................
Air Conditioning Refrigerants ................6.63.6.64
6-42
Alignment and Balance. Tire ......................
Antenna ...................................... 3-18
Antifreeze .....................................6-21
Anti-Lock
4-6
Brakes ......................................
Brake System Active Light .....................2-49
Brake System Warning Light ..................2.47.4.6
6-44
AppearanceCare ...............................
Appearance Care Materials .......................
6-53
ArbitrationProgram ..............................
8-7
2-36
Ashtrays ......................................
Audio Systems .................................. 3-5
Automatic
Starting Your Engine .
... 2-10
Transaxle ...................................
2-10
Transaxle Check ..............................
7-43
Transaxle Fluid ...............................
6-16
2-12
Transaxle Operation ...........................
Transaxle Park Mechanism Check................ 7-45
Backing UP While Driving a Trailer ...............4-35
Back-up Lamp Bulb Replacement ..................6-37
Battery .......................................
6-30
Jump Starting .................................
5-2
Warnings ................................
5-2.5-4
BBBAutoLine .................................
8-7
Better Business Bureau Mediation ...................8-7
Brake
6-30
Adjustment ..................................
Fluid .......................................
6-27
6-27
Master Cylinder ..............................
2-18
Parking .....................................
6-29
Pedal Travel .................................
Replacing System Parts ........................
6-30
2-46
System Warning Light .........................
Trailer ......................................
4-34
Transaxle Shift Interlock .................. 2-21. 7-44
Transaxle Shift Interlock Check.................. 7-44
Wear .....................................
6-29
9-1
Brakes.
Anti-Lock
....................
........4-6
Braking ........................................4-5
Braking in Emergencies ........................... 4-8
Break-In.NewVehicle ...........................2-8
BTSI .........................................2-21
BTSICheck ...................................
7-44
Built-In Child Restraint ..........................1-30
Adjusting the Harness Height ................... 1-32
Removing the Child ...........................1-42
Securing ....................................1-37
Storing ..................................... 1-43
Bulb Replacement ..............................6-3 1
Canadian Roadside Assistance ....................
8-6
Capacities and Specifications ......................6-62
Carbon Monoxide .........................
2-22.4-27
Cassette Deck Service ........................... 7-42
Cassette Tape Player ........................ 3-8. 3- 11
Cassette Tape Player Care ........................ 3-18
CD Player Theft-Deterrent Feature ................. 3- 15
Center Passenger Position. Rear Seat ............... 1-27
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
Chains.Tire ...................................6-44
Changing a Flat Tire............................. 5-23
Charging System Light .......................... 2-46
Check Engine Light .............................
2-50
Checking Your Restraint Systems .................. 1-54
Chemical Paint Spotting..........................
6-52
1-44
Child Restraints ................................
1-30
Built-In ....................................
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position.......... 1-47
Securing in the Rear Outside Seat Position......... 1-45
Sepllring ir +heRight Front Seat Position .......... 1-49
Top Strap ...................................
1-45
WheretoPut ................................
1-44
Cigarette Lighter ...............................
2-36
6-56
Circuit Breakers and Fuses .......................
Cleaner.Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
Cleaning
Aluminum Wheels ............................6-50
Built-in Child Restraint ........................6-48
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45. 6-46
Glass .......................................6-48
Inside of Your Geo ............................6-45
InstrumentPanel .............................6-48
Leather .....................................6-47
Outside of Your Geo .......................... 6-49
6-46
Special Problems .............................
Stains ......................................6-46
Tires ....................................... 6-51
Vinyl ....................................... 6-47
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
Climate Control System ...........................3-1
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5. 3-6
Clutch Adjustment .............................. 6-20
Comfort Controls ................................
3-1
Compact Disc Care ............................. 3-18
Compact Disc Player ............................
3-11
Compact Spare Tire .............................5-33
ConsoleStorageArea ...........................
2-36
4-5
Control of a Vehicle ..............................
Convex Outside Mirror .......................... 2-35
Coolant .......................................
6-21
Recovery Tank .......................... 5-15. 5-17
CoolingSystem ................................5-15
Courtesy Transportation ........................... 8-6
.
.
Cruise Control .................................
2-28
2-31
Ending Out of ................................
Erasing Speed Memory ........................
2-31
Increasing Speed While Using ................... 2-31
Passing Another Vehicle While Using .. .......... 2-31
Reducing Speed While Using ...................2-31
Resuming a Set Speed .........................
2-30
2-29
Setting .....................................
Using On Hills ................................2-31
Cupholder ......................................
2-36
Customer Assistancefor Text Telephone Users ......... 8-3
Customer Assistance. Information ................... 8- 1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure.................... 8- 1
Damage '
6-51
Finish ......................................
SheetMetal .................................
6-51
2-3 2.
Daytime Running Lamps .........................
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light ............ 2-53
5-2
DeadBattery ...................................
8-8
Defects, Reporting Safety ...........................
Defensive Driving ...............................4-1
3-5
Defogger, Rear Window ..........................
3-4
Defogging .....................................
3-4
Defrosting .....................................
6-64
Dimensions,Vehicle ............................
DomeLamps .................................. 2-33
Door
2-3
Locks ........................................
2-35
Storagepocket ...............................
Drive Position, Automatic Transaxle ................ 2-14
DriverPosition .................................
1-10
Driving
City .......................; .................. 4-19
4-1
Defensive ....................................
4-2
Drunken .....................................
....................................
4-20
Freeway
4-26
In a Blizzard..................................
6-3
In Foreign Countries ...........................
In the Rain ...................................4-16
4-14
Night .......................................
On Grades While Towing a Trailer ............... 4-37
On Hill and Mountain Roads .................... 4-22
On Snow and Ice .............................
4-25
Through Water ...............................
4-18
Wet Roads ................... ; .............. 4-16
Winter ......................................
4-24
With a Trailer ................................
4-35
DrunkenDriving ................................
4-2
Electrical Equipment. Adding ............... 2-1 1. 6.55
Electrical System ...............................
6-55
6-8
Engine ........................................
Compartment Fuse Blocks ................. 6.58.6.59
6.21.6.22
Coolant ................................
Coolant Level Check ...........................
7-42
Coolant Temperature Gage .....................
2-49
2-22
Exhaust .....................................
6-54
Identification ... 1 .............................
Oil Level Check ...............................
7-42
5-13
Overheating .................................
Running While Parked .........................
2-23
StartingYour ................................
2-10
9-3
Engine Oil ......................................
6-9
Adding .....................................
6-10
. . . Additives ...................................
6- 13
.. Checking ...................................
6-10
2-52
PressureLight ................................
L 6-14
'Used ......................................
What Kind to Use ................... 6-11.6-12. 6-13
....... 6-14
'When to Change .......................
6-3
Ethan01 ........................................
2-22
Exhaust. Engine .................................
.
.-
.
.. ..
6-2
6-3
6-4
2-546-3
6-4
6-56
,
Fabric Cleaning' ..........................
6.45.6.46
Fabric .Protection .....................
1 . ........ 6-46
Fifth Gear. Manual Transaxle .....................
2- 16
Filling Your Tank .................................
6-4
. .Filter, Air ......................................
6-15
Finish Care ....................................
6-50
Franqais
en
FinishDamage ..................................
6-51
First Gear. Manual Transaxle.........................
-2-16
Flashers. Hazard Warning ...........................
5-1
Flash-to-PassFeature ............................
2-27
Flat Tire. Changing .............................
5-23
Fluid Capacities .................................
6-63
Fluid Level Check ...............................
7-43
. Fluids and Lubricants ....................
, ....... 7-47
Folding Rear Seatback .............................
'1-4
Foreign Countries. Fuel ............................
6-3
Fourth Gear. Manual Transaxle ....................
2- 16
French Language Manual ...........................
ii
Front Sidemarker Lamp Bulb. Replacement
........... 6-33
Front Towing ....................................
5-9
Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement .......... 6-33
. .
..
9.4.
Fuel ...........................................
...................................
Canada
Filling YOWTank ..............................
Gage .......................................
In Foreign Countries .............................
Remote Door Release Lever .....................
Fuses and Circuit Breakers .......................
.
.
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature .....................
2-49
2-54
Fuel ........................................
4-29
GAWR ........................................
Gear Positions. Manual Trbsaxle .................. 2-16
GloveBox ....................................
2-35
Grws Axle Weight Rating ........................
4-29
4-29
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ......................
................................. 11..
Guide
GVWR .......................................
4-29
Halogen Bulbs ................................
6-31
5-1
Hazard Warning Flashers ..........................
Headlamps .....................................
2-32
6-31
Bulb Replacement ............................
2-26
Higmow Beam Changer ......................
2-32
&Reminder .................................
HeadRestraints ,................................ l-4
Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance ..............8-3
3-3
Heating ........................................
High-Beam Headlamps ..........................
2-26
H?ghway Hypnosis ..............................
4-22
Hill and Mountain Roads ..........................
4-22
.
Hitches. Trailer .................................
Hood
Checking Things Under .........................
Latch Operation' Check ........................
Prop ........................................
Release ........................................
Horn ..........................................
Hydroplaning ..................................
4-33
6-6
7-42
6-7
6-6
2-24
4-18
2-8
Ignition Positions ...............................
6-38
Inflation, Tire ...................................
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror ..................2-34
7-46
Inspections .....................................
Brake System .................................
7-46
Exhaust Systems .............................
7-46
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Boot .................. 7-46
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Seal ...................7-46
Radiator and Heater Hose .......................
7-46
7-46
Steeririg ............ :.......................
.......... 7-46
Suspension ........................
7-46
~ThrottleLinkage..............................
InstrumentPanel ....... ......................
: 2-40
. Brightness Control ............................
2-33
6-48
Cleaning .......................................
FuseBlocks .............................
6-56. 6-60
2-43
OptionalCluster ..............................
Standard Cluster .............'................. 2-42
Interior Lamps .................................
2-33
.
'
5-25
Jack.Tire ....................................
Jump Starting ................... .,................5-2
K e y Lock Cylinders Service .....................
Keys ..........................................
7-43
2-1
'Labels
4-29
Certification .................................
;. 6-54
Service Parts Identification ....................
' Tire-LoadingInformation ......................
4-28
Vehicle Identification Number ....................
6-54
2-32
Lamps ........................................
Daytime Running ................ ;............ 2-32
Dome ........................................
2-33
2-33
Interior .....................................
On Reminder ................................ 2-32
2-33
Reading ....................................
2-5
Leaving Your Vehicle .............................
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running ....... 2-20
Lighter ...........................................
2-36
Lights
Air Bag Readiness .......................
1- 18,2-.45
Anti-Lock Brake .System Active ................. 2-49
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning............. 2-47, 4-6
Brake System Warning .........................
2-46
ChargingSystem .............................
2-46
2-50
CheckEngine ................................
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator ................2-53
Engine Oil Pressure Light ...................... 2-52
Overdrive Off ........... .....................
2-53
2-54
Rear Window Defogger .........................
Safety' Belt Reminder......................
1-6, 2-45
Loading Your, Vehicle ...........................
4-28
2-24
Lock-Out Switch ................................
,
'
9-5
Locks .........................................2-3
Cylinder .................................... 7-43
Door ........................................ 2-3
7-43
Key Lock Cylinder Service .....................
PowerDoor ..................................2-4
Rear Door Security .............................2-4
Remote Trunk Release .......................... 2-7
Steering Column Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Trunk Release ................................. 2-6
Low Gear. Automatic Transaxle ................... 2-14
Lubricants and Fluids ............................ 7-47
Lubrication Service. Body ........................7-43
Maintenance. N O ~ Replacement
A
parts ........... 6-62
Maintenance Record ............................
7 -49
Maintenance Schedule ............................ 7-1
Long Tripmighway Definition ................... 7-5
Long Tripmighway Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5.7.29
Owner Checks and Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants .............7-47
Scheduled Maintenance Services .................. 7-3
Short Trip/City Definition .......................
7-4
Short Trip/City Intervals .................... 7.4.7.7
Maintenance. Underbody .........................
6-52
Making Turns While Driving a Trailer ..............4-36
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Manual Transaxle.......................... 2- 10.2. 16
Fluid ....................................... 6-19
Shifting ..................................... 2-16
9-6
Shiftspeeds ................................. 2-17
Starting Your Engine ..........................2-10
Manual Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
ManualMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Methanol ......................................6-3
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
ConvexOutside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Inside Daymight Rearview .....................
2-34
Manual .....................................
2-34
Power Remote Control .........................
2-34
VisorVanity .................................2-37
MMT .........................................6-3
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
2-13
Neutral. Automatic Transaxle ....................
Neutral. Manual Transaxle ......................... 2-16
New Vehicle Break-In ............................ 2-8
4-15
Nightvision ...................................
Odometer ....................................
2-44
2-44
Odometer. Trip .................................
4-11
Off-Road Recovery .............................
Oil. Engine .....................................
6-9
Oil Pressure Light ..............................2-52
Outside Passenger Positions. Rear Seat ...............1-24
Overdrive. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-53
Overdrive Off Light .............................
Overheating Engine ..............................
5-13
7-42
Owner Checks and Services.......................
Owner Publications. Ordering .....................
8-10
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical ........................ 6-52
Park
Automatic Transaxle .......................... 2- 12
Shifting Into ................................. 2 4 9
Shifting Out of ............................... 2-21
Parking
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
Brake ......................................2-18
Brake Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-45
Lamp Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-34
On Hills with a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Over Things That Burn ........................ 2-22
Your Vehicle. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
While Driving a Trailer ........................ 4-35
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-46
Power
DooiLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Remote Control Mirrors ........................
2-34
.
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-24
Windows ...................................2-24
1-23
Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts ....................
Problems on the Road ............................ 5-1
Publications. Service and Owner .................... 8-9
Radiator .....................................5-20
Radiator Pressure Cap ......................
5.15.6.23
Radio Reception ................................ 3-17
Radios ............................... 3.6.3.8.3.11
.
Rain. Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
ReadingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Rear
Center Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
Combination Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Door Security Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Parking Lamp Bulb Replacement ................6-34
Seat Outside Passenger Positions ................. 1-24
SeatPassengers ..............................
1-23
Towing .....................................
5-11
WindowDefogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Window Defogger Light .......................
2-54
Rearview Mirrors
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Inside Daymight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Manual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Power Remote Control ......................... 2-34
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Recovery Hooks ................................ 5-35
5-15. 5-17
Recovery Tank. Coolant .....................
Refrigerants. Air Conditioning ............... 6-63. 6-64
Remote
Fuel Door Release Lever ........................
6-4
Trunk Lock Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Replacement
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61
Parts .......................................
6-12
6-42
Wheel ......................................
Replacing Safety Belts ...........................
1-55
8-8
Reporting Safety Defects ..........................
Restraints
1-30
Built-In Child ................................
Checking ...................................
1-54
Child .......................................
1-44
1-4
Head ........................................
Replacing Parts After a Crash ................... 1-55
System Check ................................
7-43
Reverse. Automatic Transaxle .....................
2- 13
Reverse. Manual Transaxle .......................
2- 17
Right Front Passenger Position .................... 1-23
Roadside Assistance ..............................
8-4
8-6
Roadside Assistance. Canadian .....................
5-35
RockingYourVehicle .........................
.................. . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Rotation.
Tire
safety Belt Extender ............................ 1-54
SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Adults ...................................... 1-10
Care .......................................
6-48
Children ....................................
1-28
Driver Position ...............................
1- 10
Extender ....................................
1-54
How to Wear Properly ..........................
1- 10
IncorrectUsage ....................
1-13. 1-52. 1-53
LapBelt .................................... 1-27
Lap-Shoulder ...........................
1-10. 1-24
1-5 1
Larger Children ..............................
1-9
Questions and Answers .........................
Rear Seat Passengers ..........................
1-23
1-6. 2-45
Reminder Light ..........................
Replacing After a Crash ........................
1-55
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
9-8
Smaller Children and Babies ....................
1-28
Use During Pregnancy .........................
1-23
1-6
WhyTheyWork ...............................
Safety Chains ..................................4-34
8-8
Safety Defects. Reporting .........................
Safety Warnings and Symbols .......................
iii
7-3
Scheduled Maintenance Services ....................
Seat Operation Check ...........................
7-43
Seatback
1-4
Rear Folding ..................................
RecliningFront ............................... 1-2
Seats
Controls .....................................
1-1
Folding Rear Seatback ..........................1-4
ManualFront .................................1-1
Removing a Child from the Built-in Child Restraint . 1-42
1-1
Restraint Systems ..............................
Securing a Child in the Built-in Child Restraint... .'. 1-37
Securing a Child Restraint ............ 1-45. 1-47. 1-49
Storing the Built-in Child Restraint ............... 1-43
Second Gear. Automatic Transaxle .................2-14
Second Gear. Manual Transaxle ................... 2-16
Service ........................................6-1
Bulletins. Ordering ............................
8-10
Manuals. Ordering ............................
8-10
6-54
Parts Identification Label .......................
8-9
Publications. Ordering ..........................
Work. Doing Your Own .........................
6-1
6-1
Service and Appearance Care ......................
Service and Owner Publications .................... 8-9
Service Publications .............................. 8-9
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Geo .............. 1-22
.
Sheet Metal Damage ............................
6-51
Shift Lever ...............................
2- 12. 2.16
Shiftspeeds ...................................
2-17
Shifting
Into Park (P) ................................
.'2-19
Manual Transaxle .............................
2-16
2-21
Out of Park (P) ...............................
Signaling Turns ................................
2-26
Skidding .......................................
4-13
3-17
Sound Equipment. Adding ........................
Spare Tire. Compact .............................
5-33
Specifications and Capacities .......................
6-62
Specifications. Engine ........................... 6-62
Speech Impaiied. Customer Assistance ............... 8-3
Speedometer ...................................
2-44
Stains, Cleaning ................................
6-46
Starter Switch Check............................. 7-44
: . . 2-10
Starting Your Engine .........................
5-13
Steam ........................................
4-9
Steering ........................................
7-45
Column Lock Check ..........................
In Emergencies ................................
4- 10
Power .......................................
4-9
4-9
Tips .........................................
StorageCompartments ................. ......... 2-35
6-30
Storage. Vehicle .................................
Stuck: In Sand. Mud, Ice or Snow..................5-34
2-38
Sunroof .......................................
Sun Visors ....................................
2-37
Symbols. Vehicle ................................
v
Tachometer ..................................
Tape Player Care ................................
2-44
3- 18
Theft ..........................................
2-7
Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player ................ 3-15
Thermostat ....................................
6-24
2-16
Third Gear..Manual Transaxle .....................
Tilt Wheel ......................................
2-25
3-5. 3-6
Time. Setting the ............................
6-44
Tire Chains ....................................
Tire Loading ....................................
4-28 .
Tire-Loading Information Label ................... 4-28
Tires .........................................
6-37
Alignment and Balance ........................ 6-42
Buyirig New .................................
6-41
Chains .....................................
6-44
Changing a Flat ..............................
5-23
Cleaning .....................................
6-51
Compact Spare ...............................
5-33
Inflation .....................................
6-38
7-42
Inflation Check ...............................
. Inspection and Rotation .........................
6-39
Loading ....................................
4-28
Pressure ....................................
6-38
Temperature .................................
6-42 .
Traction .....................................
6-42
Treadwear ...................................
6-41
Uniform Quality Grading ........................
6-41
Wear Indicators ...............................
6-40
6-42
Wheel Replacement ...........................
WhenIt's Time for New ........................
6-40
Top Strap .....................................
1-45
5-31, 6-62
Torque. Wheel Nut ..........................
4-30
Towing a Trailer ................................
Towing Your Vehicle ..............................
57
Trailer
Backing Up ..................................
. Brakes .......................................
Driving on Grades ............................
Driving with ..................................
FollowingDistance ...........................
Hitches ........................................
Maintenance When Towing .....................
Making Turns ................................
. . . Parking on Hills ..............................
. . Passing- ......................................
. . Safety Chains ................................
Tongue Weight ................................
Total Weight on Tires ..........................
Towing .....................................
Turn Signals ..................................
Weight ......................................
Transaxle Fluid
Automatic ....................................
Manual .....................................
Transportation. Courtesy :..........................
Trip Odometer .................................
4-35
4-34
4-37
4-35
4-35
4-33
4-38
4-36
4-37
4-35
4-34
4-32
4-33
4-30
4-36
4-32
6- 16
6-19
8-6
2-44
Tnxnk .........................................
2-6
2-6
LockRelease .................................
2-7
Remote Lock Release 1 ..........................
TTYUsers .....................................
8-3
Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals ............... 2-26
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ................... 2-25
Turn Signals While Towing a Trailer .................4-36
-underbodyFlushingService ............. ....... 7-45
6-52
UnderbodyMaintenance .........................
9-10
Vehicle
Control ......................................
4-5
iv
DamageWarnings ..............................
6-64
Dimensions .................................
Identification Number ........................... 6-54
4-28
Loading ....................................
Storage .....................................
6-30
Ventilation System ................................
3-3
Visors, Sun .........I .........................
;. 2-37
Visor Vanity Mirrors ............................
2-37
5-2
w a r n i n g Devices ...............................
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators...............2-44
Washer Fluid, Windshield .............. 2-28,6-25. 7-48
Washing Your Vehicle ...........................
6-49
Weatherstrips ..................................
6-49
4-32
Weight of the Trailer .............................
Weight of the Trailer Tongue ......................
4-32
Wheel
Alignment ...................................
6-42
5-31, 6-62
Nut Torque .............................
Replacement .................................
6-42
2-25
Tilt .........................................
Wrench .....................................
5-25
Windows .....................................
2-24
Power ......................................
2-24
2-27
WindshieldWasher .............................
Fluid .............................
2-28,6-25. 7-48
7-42
Fluid Level Check .............................
2-27
Windshield Wiper ...............................
Fuses .......................................
6-55
4-24
Winter Driving .................................
Wrecker Towing ..................................
5-7
Wrench, Wheel ..................................
5-25 .
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement